1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
88 #include "intervals.h"
93 #include <X11/Shell.h>
96 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
106 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
109 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
111 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
112 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
114 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
116 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
117 #if defined USE_MOTIF
118 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
119 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
120 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
123 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
124 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
125 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
126 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
127 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
129 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
130 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
132 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
133 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
134 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
135 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
137 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
139 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
140 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
141 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
146 #ifndef XtNinitialState
147 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
152 #define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
155 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
163 /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */
168 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
169 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
170 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
,
171 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
,
172 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
,
176 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
177 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
181 static unsigned char zv_bits
[] = {
182 0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00};
184 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
187 #define left_height 8
188 static unsigned char left_bits
[] = {
189 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
191 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
193 #define right_width 8
194 #define right_height 8
195 static unsigned char right_bits
[] = {
196 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
198 /* Marker for continued lines. */
200 #define continued_width 8
201 #define continued_height 8
202 static unsigned char continued_bits
[] = {
203 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
205 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
207 #define continuation_width 8
208 #define continuation_height 8
209 static unsigned char continuation_bits
[] = {
210 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
212 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
218 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
219 0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c};
221 /* A triangular arrow. */
224 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
225 0x03, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x03};
229 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
232 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
234 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
236 /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
237 (The display is done in read_char.) */
239 static Lisp_Object help_echo
;
240 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
241 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
242 static int help_echo_pos
;
244 /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
246 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo
;
248 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
251 static int any_help_event_p
;
253 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
254 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
255 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
257 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
259 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
261 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
263 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
266 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
268 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
269 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
270 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
271 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
273 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
275 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
276 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
277 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
278 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
280 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
282 extern int waiting_for_input
;
284 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
286 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
289 /* The application context for Xt use. */
290 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
291 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
292 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
294 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
295 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
296 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
298 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
300 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
302 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
306 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
307 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
308 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
309 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
311 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
313 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
314 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
315 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
316 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
317 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
318 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
319 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
320 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
321 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
324 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
326 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
327 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
328 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
330 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
332 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
333 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
336 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
337 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
340 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
342 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
343 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
344 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
345 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
346 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
347 it's somewhat accurate. */
349 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
351 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
355 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
357 static int input_signal_count
;
360 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
362 static int x_noop_count
;
364 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
366 extern char **initial_argv
;
367 extern int initial_argc
;
369 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
371 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
373 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
375 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
;
379 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
381 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
383 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
385 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
386 extern Lisp_Object x_icon_type
P_ ((struct frame
*));
389 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
390 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
392 enum draw_glyphs_face
402 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p
P_ ((struct window
*));
403 static int clear_mouse_face
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
404 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
405 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
406 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
407 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
408 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy
P_ ((struct window
*, int *, int *));
409 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
410 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
412 static int fast_find_position
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int *, int *,
414 static int fast_find_string_pos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, Lisp_Object
,
415 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
416 static void set_output_cursor
P_ ((struct cursor_pos
*));
417 static struct glyph
*x_y_to_hpos_vpos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int,
418 int *, int *, int *, int));
419 static void note_mode_line_highlight
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
420 static void note_mouse_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
421 static void note_tool_bar_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int));
422 static void x_handle_tool_bar_click
P_ ((struct frame
*, XButtonEvent
*));
423 static void show_mouse_face
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
424 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
425 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
426 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
427 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
428 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
429 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
430 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
431 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
432 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
433 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
434 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
435 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
436 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
437 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
438 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
439 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph
P_ ((struct window
*,
441 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
442 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
443 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
444 static void XTreassert_line_highlight
P_ ((int, int));
445 static void x_change_line_highlight
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
446 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
447 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
448 static void XTcursor_to
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
449 static void x_write_glyphs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, int));
450 static void x_clear_end_of_line
P_ ((int));
451 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
452 static void x_clear_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
453 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
454 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
455 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
456 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
457 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
458 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
459 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int));
460 static int x_intersect_rectangles
P_ ((XRectangle
*, XRectangle
*,
462 static void expose_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int));
463 static void expose_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
464 static int expose_window
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
465 static void expose_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
466 XRectangle
*, enum glyph_row_area
));
467 static void expose_line
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
469 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
470 static void x_update_window_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
471 static void x_erase_phys_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
472 void x_display_and_set_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int, int, int));
473 static void x_draw_bitmap
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
476 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
478 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
479 static void x_draw_row_bitmaps
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
480 static void note_overwritten_text_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
481 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
482 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
483 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
484 static void x_draw_vertical_border
P_ ((struct window
*));
485 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
486 static INLINE
void take_vertical_position_into_account
P_ ((struct it
*));
487 static void x_produce_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
488 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Window
));
489 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
490 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
491 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
494 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
503 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
504 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
505 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
507 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
508 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
513 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
514 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
515 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
516 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
517 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
520 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
523 /***********************************************************************
525 ***********************************************************************/
529 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
530 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
538 struct record event_record
[100];
540 int event_record_index
;
542 record_event (locus
, type
)
546 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
547 event_record_index
= 0;
549 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
550 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
551 event_record_index
++;
558 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
560 struct x_display_info
*
561 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
566 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
567 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
575 /***********************************************************************
576 Starting and ending an update
577 ***********************************************************************/
579 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
580 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
581 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
582 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
583 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
593 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
594 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
598 x_update_window_begin (w
)
601 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
602 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
605 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
609 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
611 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
612 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
614 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
616 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
617 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
619 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
620 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
621 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
622 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
623 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
624 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
626 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
627 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
628 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
629 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
630 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
631 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
632 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
636 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
637 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
640 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
641 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
650 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
651 have vertical scroll bars. */
654 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
657 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
659 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
660 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
661 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
662 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
663 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
664 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
668 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
669 x1
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
672 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
673 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x1
, y0
, x1
, y1
);
678 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
680 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
681 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
683 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
684 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
685 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
687 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
688 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
692 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
694 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
696 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
698 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
703 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
705 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
707 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
711 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
712 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
713 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
715 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
716 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
717 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
720 updated_window
= NULL
;
724 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
731 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
732 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
735 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
740 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
741 complete update has been performed. The global variable
742 updated_window is not available here. */
745 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
750 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
752 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
753 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
756 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
757 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
758 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
759 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
760 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
767 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
768 arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed
769 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
770 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
771 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
772 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
775 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
776 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
778 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
782 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
788 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
790 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
791 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */
792 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
793 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
794 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
797 int height
= desired_row
->visible_height
;
798 int x
= (window_box_right (w
, -1)
799 + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
800 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
802 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
803 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
811 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of
812 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
813 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
817 x_draw_bitmap (w
, row
, which
)
819 struct glyph_row
*row
;
820 enum bitmap_type which
;
822 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
823 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
824 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
828 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
830 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
832 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
833 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 1);
837 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
841 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
843 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
846 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
:
850 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
852 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
855 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
859 x
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
860 x
+= (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2;
863 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
:
866 bits
= continued_bits
;
867 x
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
868 x
+= (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2;
871 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
:
872 wd
= continuation_width
;
873 h
= continuation_height
;
874 bits
= continuation_bits
;
875 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
877 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
884 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
886 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
893 /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to
894 start drawing the bitmap. */
895 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
896 dy
= (row
->height
- h
) / 2;
898 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
900 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID
);
901 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, wd
, h
,
903 face
->background
, depth
);
904 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0, wd
, h
, x
, y
+ dy
);
905 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
906 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
910 /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
911 function with input blocked. */
914 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, row
)
916 struct glyph_row
*row
;
918 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
919 enum bitmap_type bitmap
;
921 int header_line_height
= -1;
923 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
925 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
926 don't have to draw anything. */
927 if (row
->visible_height
<= 0)
930 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID
);
931 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
933 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */
934 if (row
->overlay_arrow_p
)
935 bitmap
= OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
;
936 else if (row
->truncated_on_left_p
)
937 bitmap
= LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
938 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
939 bitmap
= CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
;
940 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
)
941 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
945 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
947 if (bitmap
== NO_BITMAP
948 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f
) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
949 || row
->height
> FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f
))
951 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
952 int border
= ((XFASTINT (w
->left
) > 0
953 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
955 int left
= window_box_left (w
, -1);
957 if (header_line_height
< 0)
958 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
960 /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and
961 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
962 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
963 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
965 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
967 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->background
);
969 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
972 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
974 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
976 FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - border
,
977 row
->visible_height
);
979 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
982 /* Draw the left bitmap. */
983 if (bitmap
!= NO_BITMAP
)
984 x_draw_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
);
986 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */
987 if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
988 bitmap
= RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
989 else if (row
->continued_p
)
990 bitmap
= CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
;
994 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
996 if (bitmap
== NO_BITMAP
997 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f
) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
998 || row
->height
> FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f
))
1000 int right
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
1002 if (header_line_height
< 0)
1003 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
1005 /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and
1006 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1007 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1008 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1010 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1012 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->background
);
1013 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
1016 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
1018 FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
),
1019 row
->visible_height
);
1021 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
1024 /* Draw the right bitmap. */
1025 if (bitmap
!= NO_BITMAP
)
1026 x_draw_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
);
1030 /***********************************************************************
1032 ***********************************************************************/
1034 /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for X
1035 frames. Aborts when called. */
1038 XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos
)
1045 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change
1046 whether it is highlighted. Not used for X frames. Aborts when
1050 x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight
, vpos
, y
, first_unused_hpos
)
1051 int new_highlight
, vpos
, y
, first_unused_hpos
;
1057 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1058 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
1059 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1063 XTset_terminal_modes ()
1067 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1068 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1071 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
1077 /***********************************************************************
1079 ***********************************************************************/
1081 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1082 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1085 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
1086 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
1088 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
1089 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
1090 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
1091 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
1095 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1097 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1098 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1100 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1101 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1102 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1103 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1106 XTcursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
1107 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
1111 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1115 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
1117 /* Set the output cursor. */
1118 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
1119 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
1120 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
1121 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
1123 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1124 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1125 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
1128 x_display_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
1129 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (SELECTED_FRAME ()));
1136 /***********************************************************************
1138 ***********************************************************************/
1140 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1142 static struct face
*x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*,
1146 static struct face
*x_get_char_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*, int,
1147 int, XChar2b
*, int));
1148 static XCharStruct
*x_per_char_metric
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, XChar2b
*));
1149 static void x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*));
1150 static void x_append_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1151 static void x_append_composite_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1152 static void x_append_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object
,
1154 static void x_produce_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
1155 static void x_produce_image_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
));
1158 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
1159 is not contained in the font. */
1161 static INLINE XCharStruct
*
1162 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
)
1166 /* The result metric information. */
1167 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
1169 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1171 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
1173 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
1175 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
1176 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
1177 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
1178 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
1179 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
1180 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
1181 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
1182 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1183 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1184 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
1188 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
1189 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
1190 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
1191 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
1193 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
1194 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
1198 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
1199 / = integer division
1200 \ = integer modulus */
1201 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
1202 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
1203 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1204 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1206 pcm
= (font
->per_char
1207 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
1208 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
1209 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
1215 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
1216 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
1217 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
1218 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1219 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1220 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
1223 return ((pcm
== NULL
1224 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
1229 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1230 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1233 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
)
1236 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1238 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1239 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
1241 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1242 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1244 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
1246 /* It's a program. */
1247 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
1249 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1251 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1252 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
1256 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1257 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
1258 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
1261 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
1263 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1265 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
1266 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
1268 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
1270 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
1272 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1273 encoding numbers. */
1274 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
1276 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1277 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1278 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
1280 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
1281 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
1286 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1287 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1288 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1289 realized face that is ready for display. */
1291 static INLINE
struct face
*
1292 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
)
1298 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1302 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1303 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1306 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, c
);
1307 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1309 else if (c
< 128 && face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1311 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1317 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1319 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1320 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1321 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1323 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1325 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1327 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1328 if (face
->font
!= NULL
)
1330 struct font_info
*font_info
1331 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1333 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
);
1337 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1338 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1339 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1345 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1346 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1347 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1349 static INLINE
struct face
*
1350 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
1352 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1358 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
1359 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
1364 if (!glyph
->multibyte_p
)
1366 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1367 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1369 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1371 else if (glyph
->u
.ch
< 128
1372 && glyph
->face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1374 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1376 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1380 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1382 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1383 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1384 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph
->u
.ch
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1386 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1388 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1390 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1391 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
1393 struct font_info
*font_info
1394 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1397 x_encode_char (glyph
->u
.ch
, char2b
, font_info
);
1400 = ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
1405 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1406 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1407 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1412 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1413 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1419 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1420 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1422 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1423 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
1425 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1426 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1428 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1429 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1430 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1431 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1432 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
1433 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1434 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1435 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1436 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1437 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1438 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1439 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
1440 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1441 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
1442 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1446 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1447 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1450 x_append_composite_glyph (it
)
1453 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1454 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1456 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1458 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1459 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1461 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1462 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1463 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1464 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1465 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
1466 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1467 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1468 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1469 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1470 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1471 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1472 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1473 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1474 glyph
->u
.cmp_id
= it
->cmp_id
;
1475 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1480 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1484 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
1489 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
1490 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1492 it
->ascent
+= abs (it
->voffset
);
1494 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1496 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
1501 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1502 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1503 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1506 x_produce_image_glyph (it
)
1512 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
1514 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1515 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
1518 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1519 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1520 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
1522 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
);
1523 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= img
->height
+ 2 * img
->vmargin
- it
->ascent
;
1524 it
->pixel_width
= img
->width
+ 2 * img
->hmargin
;
1528 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1530 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1532 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1533 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1536 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1537 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1538 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1539 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1542 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1546 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1547 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1549 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1550 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1552 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1553 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1554 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1555 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1556 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
1557 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1558 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1559 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1560 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1561 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1562 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1563 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1564 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
1565 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1571 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1572 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1573 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1574 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1577 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
1583 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1584 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1586 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= 1);
1588 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1589 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1591 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1592 glyph
->object
= object
;
1593 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
1594 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1595 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
1596 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1597 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1598 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1599 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1600 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1601 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1602 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1603 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1604 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
1605 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1610 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1611 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1612 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1615 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1616 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1619 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1620 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1621 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1623 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1624 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1626 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1628 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1629 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1631 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the
1632 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1635 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1637 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1638 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1639 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1642 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1648 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
1651 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1653 extern Lisp_Object Qspace
;
1655 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
;
1656 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
1657 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to
;
1658 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
1659 double width
= 0, height
= 0, ascent
= 0;
1660 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1661 XFontStruct
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1663 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1665 /* List should start with `space'. */
1666 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
1667 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
1669 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1670 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
),
1672 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1673 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1674 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
1677 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1678 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1681 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1684 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
1686 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
1687 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1688 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, maxlen
, it2
.len
);
1691 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
1693 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
1694 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1695 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
1696 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
1698 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
),
1700 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
) - it
->current_x
;
1702 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1703 width
= CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1705 /* Compute height. */
1706 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
),
1708 height
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
);
1709 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
1711 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
1713 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1715 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1716 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1717 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1718 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
1719 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
1720 ascent
= NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
1722 ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1731 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
1732 if (!STRINGP (object
))
1733 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
1734 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
1737 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
1738 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1739 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
1742 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1744 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1746 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1747 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1750 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1751 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1752 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1753 it
->pixel_width
+= abs (face
->box_line_width
);
1756 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1759 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1760 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1761 center of the line of frame F.
1763 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1765 -------------------------+-----------+-
1766 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1768 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1771 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1773 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1775 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1776 -------------------------+-----------+-
1778 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1779 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1780 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1781 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1782 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1783 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
1784 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
1787 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
1789 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
1790 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
1791 - ((F)->output_data.x->font->descent - (F)->output_data.x->baseline_offset))
1793 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1794 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1795 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1798 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
1801 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1803 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
1807 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1809 int font_not_found_p
;
1810 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1811 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
1812 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
1813 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
1816 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
1817 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
1818 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
1819 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
1822 int saved_multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1824 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
1826 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
1827 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
))
1829 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1830 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1832 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
)))
1834 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
1835 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
1836 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1837 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1839 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1840 && !it
->multibyte_p
)
1842 it
->char_to_display
= multibyte_char_to_unibyte (it
->c
, Qnil
);
1843 it
->multibyte_p
= 0;
1844 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1845 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1849 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1850 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
1851 it
->face_id
, &char2b
,
1855 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
1856 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
1857 if (font_not_found_p
)
1859 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1860 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
1865 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1866 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1867 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1868 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
1871 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
1872 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
1874 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
1879 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
1880 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1881 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1885 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
1886 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
1887 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
1891 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
1892 it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1893 it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1894 it
->pixel_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
1897 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
1898 `space-width' property, change its width. */
1899 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
1901 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
1903 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
1904 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
1905 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
1906 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1908 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
1912 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
1913 it
->descent
+= thick
;
1918 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1919 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1920 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1921 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1924 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
1925 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
1926 if (face
->overline_p
)
1929 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1931 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
1936 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
1937 into a stretch glyph. */
1938 double ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1939 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
1940 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
1943 x_append_glyph (it
);
1945 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
1946 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
1947 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
1948 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
1949 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
1952 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
1954 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
1955 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
1957 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1958 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1960 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1961 && face
->box_line_width
> 0)
1963 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1964 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1967 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
1969 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1970 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
1971 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
1973 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
1974 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
1975 tab stop after that. */
1976 if (next_tab_x
- x
< CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
))
1977 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
1979 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
1981 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1982 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1986 double ascent
= (double) it
->ascent
/ (it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
);
1987 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
1988 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
1993 /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the
1994 character is the width of the character multiplied by the
1995 width of the font. */
1997 /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
1998 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
1999 default font and calculate the width of the character
2000 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2002 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
2003 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
2005 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->char_to_display
);
2007 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
2008 it
->pixel_width
= (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it
->f
))
2009 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset
));
2010 it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2011 it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2015 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
2016 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2017 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
2019 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
2020 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
2021 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
2024 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2025 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2026 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2028 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2032 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2033 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2038 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2039 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2040 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2041 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2044 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2045 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2046 if (face
->overline_p
)
2049 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2052 x_append_glyph (it
);
2054 it
->multibyte_p
= saved_multibyte_p
;
2056 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
2058 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2059 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2062 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2064 int font_not_found_p
;
2065 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2066 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
2067 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_id
];
2069 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2070 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
2071 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2072 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2075 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
))))
2077 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
2080 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2081 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2082 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2083 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2084 it
->face_id
, &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
);
2087 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2088 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2089 if (font_not_found_p
)
2091 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2092 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2097 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2098 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2099 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2100 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2103 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2104 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2105 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2106 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2109 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2110 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2111 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2112 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2113 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2114 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2115 correct the display anyway. */
2116 if (cmp
->font
!= (void *) font
)
2118 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2119 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2120 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2121 them respectively. */
2122 int font_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2123 int font_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2124 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2125 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
2126 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
2128 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
2130 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2132 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2135 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2136 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2140 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2141 ascent
= font
->ascent
;
2142 descent
= font
->descent
;
2146 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
2147 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
2151 && font_info
->default_ascent
2152 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
2153 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
2154 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
2155 highest
= font_info
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
2157 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2158 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2160 cmp
->offsets
[0] = 0;
2161 cmp
->offsets
[1] = boff
;
2163 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2164 for (i
= 1; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2166 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
2167 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
2168 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
);
2170 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
2171 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face
->id
, &char2b
,
2176 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2177 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2183 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2184 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2185 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2186 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2190 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2193 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2194 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2198 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2203 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
2205 /* Relative composition with or without
2207 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
2208 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
2209 if (font_info
&& font_info
->relative_compose
2210 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
2211 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
2212 make_number (ch
)))))
2215 if (- descent
>= font_info
->relative_compose
)
2216 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2218 else if (ascent
<= 0)
2219 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2220 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
2225 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2226 value that encodes global and new reference
2227 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2228 specified by numbers as below:
2236 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2238 6---7---8 -- descent
2240 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
2241 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
;
2243 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
);
2244 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
2245 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
2248 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
2249 - nrefx
* width
/ 2);
2250 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
2252 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
2253 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
2254 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
2255 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
2257 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2));
2260 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
2261 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
2263 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2264 right
= left
+ width
;
2265 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
2266 if (left
< leftmost
)
2268 if (right
> rightmost
)
2276 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2277 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2281 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2282 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
2283 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
2286 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
2287 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
2288 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
2289 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
2290 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
2291 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
2292 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
2295 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
2296 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
2297 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
2299 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2301 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2305 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2306 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2311 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2312 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2313 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2314 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2317 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2318 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2319 if (face
->overline_p
)
2322 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2325 x_append_composite_glyph (it
);
2327 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
2328 x_produce_image_glyph (it
);
2329 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
2330 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
2332 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2333 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2334 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
2335 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
2336 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
2338 it
->descent
+= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
2340 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
2341 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
2342 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
2343 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
2347 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2348 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2351 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
2353 enum face_id face_id
;
2355 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
2357 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2358 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2359 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
2361 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
2365 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
2366 if (face
->box_line_width
> 0)
2367 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
2375 /***********************************************************************
2377 ***********************************************************************/
2379 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2381 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2382 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2383 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2384 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2388 /* X-origin of the string. */
2391 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2394 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2397 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2398 int background_width
;
2400 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2401 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2402 font the string is drawn in. */
2405 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2406 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2407 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2410 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2411 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2412 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2415 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2418 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2421 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2425 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2426 y-origin and height of the string. */
2427 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2429 /* The area within row. */
2430 enum glyph_row_area area
;
2432 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2436 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2437 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
2439 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2442 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2445 /* Font info for this string. */
2446 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2448 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2449 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2450 struct composition
*cmp
;
2452 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2453 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2454 the first character of a composition. */
2457 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2458 of the window's drawing area. */
2459 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p
: 1;
2461 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2462 unsigned background_filled_p
: 1;
2464 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2465 unsigned two_byte_p
: 1;
2467 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2468 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2469 the frame's default font in this case. */
2470 unsigned font_not_found_p
: 1;
2472 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2474 unsigned stippled_p
: 1;
2476 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2477 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2478 string appears in as clip rect. */
2479 unsigned for_overlaps_p
: 1;
2481 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2484 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2485 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2486 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2487 struct glyph
*first_glyph
;
2489 /* Image, if any. */
2492 struct glyph_string
*next
, *prev
;
2499 x_dump_glyph_string (s
)
2500 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2502 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
2503 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2504 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
2505 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
2506 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
2507 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2508 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
2509 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
2510 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2511 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
2512 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
2513 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
2516 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2520 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2521 struct glyph_string
**,
2522 struct glyph_string
*,
2523 struct glyph_string
*));
2524 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2525 struct glyph_string
**,
2526 struct glyph_string
*,
2527 struct glyph_string
*));
2528 static void x_append_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2529 struct glyph_string
**,
2530 struct glyph_string
*));
2531 static int x_left_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2532 static int x_left_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2533 static int x_right_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2534 static int x_right_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2535 static int x_fill_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int,
2537 static void x_init_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2538 XChar2b
*, struct window
*,
2540 enum glyph_row_area
, int,
2541 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
2542 static int x_draw_glyphs
P_ ((struct window
*, int , struct glyph_row
*,
2543 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int,
2544 enum draw_glyphs_face
, int *, int *, int));
2545 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2546 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2547 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2549 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2550 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2551 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2552 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2553 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2554 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2555 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2556 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2557 static void x_get_glyph_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, struct frame
*,
2559 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int));
2560 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
2561 unsigned long *, double, int));
2562 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
2563 double, int, unsigned long));
2564 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2565 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2566 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2567 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2568 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
2569 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2570 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
2572 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
2573 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2574 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
2575 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2576 static void x_fix_overlapping_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
2577 enum glyph_row_area
));
2578 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2580 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int));
2583 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
2587 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2588 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2591 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2592 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2593 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2607 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2608 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2612 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2613 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2614 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2628 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2629 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2632 x_append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
2633 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2634 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2636 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
2637 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
2641 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2646 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2648 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
2649 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2650 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2652 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
2655 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2659 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
2660 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2662 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2663 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2664 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2665 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2666 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
2667 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2668 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2670 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2671 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
2672 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
2674 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2675 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2678 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2679 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2680 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2681 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2683 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2684 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2687 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2688 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2690 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2695 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2698 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
2699 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2704 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2705 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
2706 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2708 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
2710 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2711 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
2713 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
2714 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2715 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2717 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2718 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
2719 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2722 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2727 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
2728 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2729 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2730 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2731 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2732 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2734 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2735 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2738 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2739 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2741 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2744 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2748 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2749 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2750 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2753 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
2754 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2756 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2760 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2761 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2765 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
2766 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2768 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2770 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
2772 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2773 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2775 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
2777 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
2778 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2780 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2782 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
2785 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
2787 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2788 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2790 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2791 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2793 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2794 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2798 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2799 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2802 /* GC must have been set. */
2803 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2807 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2810 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, r
)
2811 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2814 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
2816 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
2817 int canon_x
= CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
2819 r
->x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s
->w
) * canon_x
;
2820 r
->width
= XFASTINT (s
->w
->width
) * canon_x
;
2822 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s
->f
))
2824 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * canon_x
;
2825 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s
->f
))
2829 r
->x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
2831 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
2832 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
2833 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2834 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2836 r
->height
= s
->height
;
2840 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
2841 r
->x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->area
, 0);
2842 r
->width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2843 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2846 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
2847 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
2848 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
2849 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
2850 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
2851 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2853 r
->y
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
2855 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
2856 at the top of the window. */
2857 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
2858 r
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
2860 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
2861 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
2862 intentionally draws over other lines. */
2863 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2865 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2866 r
->height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
->y
;
2869 r
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
->y
);
2873 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
2874 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
2877 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
2878 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2881 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2882 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2886 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
2887 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
2890 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
2891 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2894 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2897 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
2898 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
2899 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
2900 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
2901 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
2906 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
2907 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
2908 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
2911 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
2912 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2920 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2930 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2939 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
2940 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
2941 assumed to be zero. */
2944 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
2945 struct glyph
*glyph
;
2951 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2955 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2959 face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
2961 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2963 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2965 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
2966 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
2967 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
2968 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
2974 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2975 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
2976 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
2979 x_left_overwritten (s
)
2980 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2984 if (s
->left_overhang
)
2987 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
2988 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
2990 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
2991 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3002 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3003 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3004 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3007 x_left_overwriting (s
)
3008 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3011 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3012 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3016 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3019 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3022 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3029 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3030 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3031 no such glyph is found. */
3034 x_right_overwritten (s
)
3035 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3039 if (s
->right_overhang
)
3042 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3043 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3044 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3046 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
3047 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3056 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3057 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3058 if no such glyph is found. */
3061 x_right_overwriting (s
)
3062 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3065 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3066 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3067 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3071 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
3074 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3077 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3084 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3087 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
3088 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3092 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3093 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3094 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3095 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3099 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3100 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3101 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3102 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3103 contains the first component of a composition. */
3106 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
3107 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3110 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3111 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3112 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3114 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3118 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3119 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3120 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
3121 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3122 s
->background_width
,
3123 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3124 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3125 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3127 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
3128 || s
->font_not_found_p
3129 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3132 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
3133 s
->background_width
,
3134 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
3135 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3141 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3144 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3145 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3149 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3150 of S to the right of that box line. */
3151 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3152 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3153 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3157 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3159 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3161 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3163 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
3164 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3165 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
3167 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
3172 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
3173 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
3175 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
3176 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
3178 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3180 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3181 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
3183 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
3184 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
3185 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
3186 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
3187 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
3188 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
3189 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
3191 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
3193 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3194 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3196 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3197 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3202 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3203 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3205 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3206 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3211 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3214 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3215 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3219 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3220 of S to the right of that box line. */
3221 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3222 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3223 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3227 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3228 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3229 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3230 this composition. */
3232 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3233 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3234 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3237 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
3238 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
3242 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
3243 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3244 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
3245 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
3251 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3253 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
3254 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
3255 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
3256 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
3257 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
3260 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
3261 cannot be determined. */
3263 static struct frame
*
3264 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
3267 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3271 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
3273 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
3274 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
3275 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
3276 x_any_window_to_frame. */
3277 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
3278 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
3280 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
3281 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
3282 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3283 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
3284 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
3285 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
3286 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
3287 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
3294 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
3295 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
3296 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
3297 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
3300 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
3305 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
3306 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
3310 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
3311 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3312 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
3313 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
3314 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3315 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3318 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
3322 unsigned long *pixel
;
3326 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
3327 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
3331 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
3332 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
3334 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
3336 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
3338 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
3343 /* The address of this variable is returned by
3344 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
3346 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
3349 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
3351 DPY is the display we are working on.
3353 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
3354 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
3355 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
3356 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
3358 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
3359 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
3361 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
3362 we allocated the color or not.
3364 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
3367 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
3371 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
3372 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
3382 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
3383 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
3385 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
3389 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
3390 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
3391 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
3393 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
3395 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
3396 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
3398 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
3400 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
3401 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
3403 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
3404 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
3406 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
3407 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
3412 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
3414 params
[0] = color_name
;
3415 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
3416 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
3417 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
3422 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
3424 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
3426 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
3430 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
3434 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
3435 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
3438 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
3443 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
3444 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
3445 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
3447 APP is the application context in which we work.
3449 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
3450 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
3451 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
3453 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
3456 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
3465 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
3467 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
3470 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
3472 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
3473 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
3474 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
3475 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
3476 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1, 0);
3481 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3484 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
3485 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
3486 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
3487 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
3489 static const XColor
*
3490 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
3494 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
3496 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
3498 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
3501 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
3502 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
3503 dpyinfo
->color_cells
3504 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
3505 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
3507 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
3508 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
3510 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
3511 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
3514 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
3515 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
3519 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
3520 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
3523 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
3528 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3530 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
3533 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
3535 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
3536 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
3537 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
3538 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
3542 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
3546 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
3547 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
3550 x_query_color (f
, color
)
3554 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
3558 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
3559 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
3560 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
3564 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
3571 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
3574 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
3575 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
3576 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
3577 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
3579 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
3581 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
3583 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
3585 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
3586 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
3587 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
3588 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
3590 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
3593 nearest_delta
= delta
;
3597 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
3598 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
3599 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
3600 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
3604 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
3605 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
3606 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
3607 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
3608 XColor
*cached_color
;
3610 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
3611 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
3612 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
3613 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
3614 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
3616 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
3617 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
3618 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
3622 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3624 register_color (color
->pixel
);
3625 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
3631 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
3632 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
3633 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
3637 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
3642 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
3643 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
3647 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
3648 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
3649 get color reference counts right. */
3652 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
3654 unsigned long pixel
;
3658 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
3660 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
3661 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
3663 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3664 register_color (pixel
);
3670 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
3671 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
3672 get color reference counts right. */
3675 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
3678 unsigned long pixel
;
3682 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
3684 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
3685 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
3687 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
3688 register_color (pixel
);
3694 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3697 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3698 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3699 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3700 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
3701 use an additional additive factor.
3703 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3704 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3705 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
3708 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
3709 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3710 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
3711 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
3712 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3713 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3716 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
3720 unsigned long *pixel
;
3728 /* Get RGB color values. */
3729 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
3730 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
3732 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3733 xassert (factor
>= 0);
3734 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
3735 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
3736 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
3738 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3739 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
3741 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3742 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3743 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
3744 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3745 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3747 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3748 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
3749 /* The additive adjustment. */
3750 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
3754 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
3755 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
3756 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
3760 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
3761 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
3762 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
3766 /* Try to allocate the color. */
3767 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3770 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
3772 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
3773 delta to the RGB values. */
3774 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
3776 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
3777 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
3778 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
3779 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3790 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3791 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3792 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3793 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3794 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3795 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3798 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
3800 struct relief
*relief
;
3803 unsigned long default_pixel
;
3806 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3807 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
3808 unsigned long pixel
;
3809 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
3810 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
3811 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3812 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3814 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
3815 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
3817 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
3818 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
3819 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
3821 && relief
->allocated_p
)
3823 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
3824 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
3827 /* Allocate new color. */
3828 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
3830 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
3831 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
3833 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
3834 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
3837 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
3839 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
3841 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
3844 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3848 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3851 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
3852 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3854 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
3855 unsigned long color
;
3857 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
3858 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
3863 /* Get the background color of the face. */
3864 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3865 color
= xgcv
.background
;
3868 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
3869 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
3871 di
->relief_background
= color
;
3872 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
3873 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3874 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
3875 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3880 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3881 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3882 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3883 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3884 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3885 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3889 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3890 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3892 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
3893 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3899 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3901 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3902 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3905 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3906 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3907 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
3908 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
3912 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3913 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3914 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
3916 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
3918 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3920 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3921 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3924 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3925 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3926 left_x
+ i
* left_p
+ 1, bottom_y
- i
,
3927 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
3931 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3932 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3933 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
3935 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
3939 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3940 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3941 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3942 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3943 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3944 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3947 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3948 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3949 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3950 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
;
3951 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3955 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3956 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
3957 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3960 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3961 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3965 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3966 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3969 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3970 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3974 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3975 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3977 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3978 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3982 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3985 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
3986 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3988 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
3989 int left_p
, right_p
;
3990 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
3991 XRectangle clip_rect
;
3993 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
3994 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
3995 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
3997 last_x
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s
->f
);
3998 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s
->f
))
3999 last_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
4002 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
4003 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
4005 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
4007 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4008 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
4010 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
4012 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
4014 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
4016 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
4017 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4019 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
4020 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
4021 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4023 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
4025 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4027 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
4028 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
4029 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
4032 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
4033 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
4034 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
4039 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
4042 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
4043 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4046 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4048 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4049 right of that line. */
4050 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4051 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4052 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4056 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4058 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4059 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4065 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4066 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4067 trust on the shape extension to be available
4068 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4070 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4073 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
4075 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4076 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4077 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4078 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4079 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4081 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4084 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
4085 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
4086 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
4087 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4088 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
4092 unsigned long mask
= GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
| GCFunction
;
4094 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
4096 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
4099 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
4100 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
4101 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
4102 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4103 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
4105 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4106 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4107 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4108 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4109 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4110 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4111 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4112 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4113 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4117 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
4118 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4119 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4123 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
4126 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
4127 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4129 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
4132 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4134 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4135 right of that line. */
4136 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4137 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4138 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4142 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4144 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4145 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4147 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
4148 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
4150 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
> 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: 3;
4151 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
4155 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
4156 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
4161 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
4162 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
4164 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
4165 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4166 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
4170 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4173 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
4174 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4178 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
4180 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4181 right of that line. */
4182 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4183 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4184 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4188 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4190 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
4191 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
4197 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
4198 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
4199 trust on the shape extension to be available
4200 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4202 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4206 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4207 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4208 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4209 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4210 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4212 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4213 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4214 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4218 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4219 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4221 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4222 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4223 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4224 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4225 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4226 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4227 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4228 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4229 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4233 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
4234 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
4235 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
4239 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4240 give the rectangle to draw. */
4243 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
4244 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4249 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4250 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4251 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4252 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4255 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4259 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4262 s->x +-------------------------
4265 | +-------------------------
4268 | | +-------------------
4274 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
4275 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4278 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
4279 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
4281 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
4283 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
4285 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4286 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4288 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4289 if (height
> s
->img
->height
4293 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
4294 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
4296 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4297 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
4301 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
4305 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4306 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4307 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4308 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
4309 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
4311 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4312 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
4313 s
->background_width
,
4316 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4318 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4320 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4323 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4324 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4325 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4326 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4327 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4332 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
4334 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4335 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4336 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4337 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4341 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
4343 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4346 /* Draw the foreground. */
4349 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
4350 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4351 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4352 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
4353 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
4356 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
4358 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4360 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4361 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4362 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
4366 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4369 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
4370 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4372 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4373 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4375 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
4376 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
4378 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4379 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4380 int width
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
4383 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
4385 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4386 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
4388 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
4389 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
4393 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
4394 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
4396 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
4402 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4403 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
4405 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
4407 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4408 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
4415 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
4416 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4417 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4418 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4422 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
4423 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
4426 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4430 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4433 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
4434 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4436 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
4438 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4439 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4440 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4441 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4443 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
4444 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
4445 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
4446 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
4449 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4450 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
4451 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4453 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4454 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4455 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
4456 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
4457 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4458 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
4461 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4462 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4466 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
4469 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
4473 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
4477 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4478 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4480 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
4481 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4484 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
4485 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
4486 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4488 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4489 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4496 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4498 /* Draw underline. */
4499 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
4501 unsigned long tem
, h
;
4504 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
4505 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
4508 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
4509 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
4510 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
4511 specs, and its default is
4513 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
4514 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
4516 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
4517 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
4518 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
4519 else if (s
->face
->font
)
4520 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
4522 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
4524 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
4525 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4526 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
4530 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4531 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
4532 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
4533 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
4534 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4538 /* Draw overline. */
4539 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
4541 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
4543 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
4544 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4549 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4550 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
4551 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4553 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4557 /* Draw strike-through. */
4558 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
4560 unsigned long h
= 1;
4561 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
4563 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
4564 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4569 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4570 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
4571 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4573 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4577 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
4578 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
4579 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4582 /* Reset clipping. */
4583 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4587 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
4588 struct face
**, int));
4591 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4593 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4594 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4595 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4596 use its physical height for clipping.
4598 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4601 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, faces
, overlaps_p
)
4602 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4603 struct face
**faces
;
4610 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4612 s
->face
= faces
[s
->gidx
];
4613 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4614 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4616 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4617 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4618 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4620 for (i
= s
->gidx
+ 1; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
&& faces
[i
] == s
->face
; ++i
)
4623 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4624 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4626 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4628 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4629 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4630 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4631 characters of the glyph string. */
4632 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
4634 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4635 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4638 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4639 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4641 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4643 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4646 return s
->gidx
+ s
->nchars
;
4650 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4652 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4653 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4654 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4655 use its physical height for clipping.
4657 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4660 x_fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps_p
)
4661 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4663 int start
, end
, overlaps_p
;
4665 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4667 int glyph_not_available_p
;
4669 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
4670 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
4671 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
4673 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
,
4674 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4675 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4676 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4678 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
4681 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4682 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4683 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4684 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
4685 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
4689 s
->face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
4690 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
4692 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
4694 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
4695 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4699 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4700 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4702 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4703 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4704 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4705 characters of the glyph string. */
4706 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
4708 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4709 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4712 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4713 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4715 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4716 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4720 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4723 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
4724 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4726 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
4727 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
4729 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
4730 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4731 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4733 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4734 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4738 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4740 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4741 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4742 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4744 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4747 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
, row
, area
, start
, end
)
4748 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4749 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4750 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4753 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4754 int voffset
, face_id
;
4756 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4758 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4759 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4760 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
4761 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
4762 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4763 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4764 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4765 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4769 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
4770 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4771 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
4773 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4775 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4776 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4778 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4779 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4783 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4784 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4785 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4786 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4787 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4788 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4789 face-override for drawing S. */
4792 x_init_glyph_string (s
, char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
4793 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4796 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4797 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4799 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4801 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
4803 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4804 s
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s
->f
);
4805 s
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (s
->f
);
4810 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
4811 s
->height
= row
->height
;
4812 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
4814 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4815 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
4816 s
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
4818 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
4822 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4823 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4824 in the drawing area. */
4827 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
4828 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4832 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4833 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4834 struct face
*default_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4836 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
4837 && s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4838 && s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
4839 && (s
->row
->fill_line_p
4840 || s
->face
->background
!= default_face
->background
4841 || s
->face
->stipple
!= default_face
->stipple
))
4842 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
4844 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4845 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4847 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
4848 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
4850 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
4854 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4855 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4856 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4857 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4858 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4859 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4860 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4862 /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here
4863 and below -- keep them on one line. */
4864 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4867 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4868 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4869 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4870 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4876 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4877 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4878 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4879 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4880 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4881 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4882 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4884 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4887 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4888 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4889 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4890 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4897 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4898 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4899 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4900 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4901 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4902 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4903 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4904 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4906 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4912 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4913 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4915 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4916 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4917 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4918 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4920 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4926 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4927 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4928 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4929 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4930 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4931 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4932 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4933 x-position of the drawing area. */
4935 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4937 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4938 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4939 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4940 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4941 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4943 struct face **faces; \
4944 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4947 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4948 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4949 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4950 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4951 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4953 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4954 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4955 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4956 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4957 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4960 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4961 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4962 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4964 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4965 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4966 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4974 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4982 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4983 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4984 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4985 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4986 x-positions of the drawing area.
4988 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4989 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4992 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4995 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4996 while (START < END) \
4998 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4999 switch (first_glyph->type) \
5002 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
5003 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
5007 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
5008 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
5009 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X,\
5013 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
5014 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
5015 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
5019 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
5020 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
5027 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
5034 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
5035 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
5036 face-override with the following meaning:
5038 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
5039 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
5040 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
5041 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
5042 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
5043 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
5045 If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting
5046 position for display. This can be different from START in case
5047 overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null,
5048 return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be
5049 different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed.
5051 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
5052 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
5054 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
5057 x_draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, real_start
, real_end
,
5061 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5062 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5064 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
5065 int *real_start
, *real_end
;
5068 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
5069 struct glyph_string
*s
;
5070 int last_x
, area_width
;
5074 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
5075 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
5076 start
= max (0, start
);
5077 start
= min (end
, start
);
5079 *real_start
= start
;
5083 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
5084 end of the drawing area. */
5085 if (row
->full_width_p
)
5087 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
5089 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5090 /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */
5091 int window_left_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5094 area_width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5095 last_x
= window_left_x
+ area_width
;
5097 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5099 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5100 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
5106 x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5107 last_x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5111 x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, x
);
5112 area_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
5113 last_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, area_width
);
5116 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
5117 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
5118 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
5119 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
5121 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
,
5124 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
5128 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
5129 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
5130 strings built above. */
5131 if (head
&& !overlaps_p
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
5134 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
5136 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
5137 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5138 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
5140 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5141 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
5142 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
5143 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
5145 i
= x_left_overwritten (head
);
5149 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, j
, start
, h
, t
,
5150 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5154 *real_start
= start
;
5155 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5156 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5159 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5160 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5161 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5162 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5163 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5164 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5166 i
= x_left_overwriting (head
);
5169 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, start
, h
, t
,
5170 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
5172 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5173 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5176 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
5177 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5180 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5181 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5182 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5184 i
= x_right_overwritten (tail
);
5187 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5188 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5190 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5191 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5196 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5197 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5198 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5199 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5200 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5201 i
= x_right_overwriting (tail
);
5204 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
5205 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5207 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5208 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5209 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5210 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5216 /* Draw all strings. */
5217 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5218 x_draw_glyph_string (s
);
5220 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5221 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5222 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
5223 if (!row
->full_width_p
)
5225 if (area
> LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5226 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5227 if (area
> TEXT_AREA
)
5228 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
5235 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5238 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
)
5240 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5241 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5247 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5249 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5250 x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5252 x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5253 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5255 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
5257 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
5259 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
5263 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5266 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
5267 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
5269 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
, start
, i
,
5271 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
),
5276 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5285 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5286 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5287 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5288 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5289 row being updated. */
5292 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
5293 struct glyph
*start
;
5296 int x
, hpos
, real_start
, real_end
;
5298 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5303 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5304 x
= x_draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
5305 updated_row
, updated_area
,
5307 (updated_row
->inverse_p
5308 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
),
5309 &real_start
, &real_end
, 0);
5311 /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */
5312 note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window
, real_start
,
5313 real_end
- real_start
);
5317 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5318 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5319 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
5323 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5326 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
5327 struct glyph
*start
;
5332 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
5333 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5334 struct glyph
*glyph
;
5335 int frame_x
, frame_y
, hpos
, real_start
, real_end
;
5337 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5340 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
5342 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5344 line_height
= row
->height
;
5346 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5348 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
5349 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
5351 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5352 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
5357 frame_x
= window_box_left (w
, updated_area
) + output_cursor
.x
;
5358 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
5359 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5360 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
5362 shifted_region_width
, line_height
,
5363 frame_x
+ shift_by_width
, frame_y
);
5365 /* Write the glyphs. */
5366 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5367 x_draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
, hpos
, hpos
+ len
,
5368 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, &real_start
, &real_end
, 0);
5369 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, real_start
, real_end
- real_start
);
5371 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5372 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5373 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
5378 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5389 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
5390 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
5393 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
5400 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
5401 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
5405 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5406 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5407 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5409 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5410 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5413 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
5417 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
5418 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
5419 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
5421 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5422 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5424 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5426 max_x
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5427 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
5428 && !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5429 max_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5432 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
5433 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5435 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5436 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5442 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
5444 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
5446 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5447 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5448 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, output_cursor
.hpos
, -1);
5450 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
5452 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5453 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5455 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
5456 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
5460 from_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, from_x
);
5461 to_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, to_x
);
5464 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
5465 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
5466 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
5468 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5469 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
5472 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5473 from_x
, from_y
, to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
,
5480 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5481 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5491 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5493 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5495 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
5496 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
5497 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
5499 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5500 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5502 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
5504 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5505 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5506 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
5508 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
5514 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
5516 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
5517 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
5519 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
5522 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
5523 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
5526 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
5527 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
5529 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
5530 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
5531 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
5533 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
5534 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
5538 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
5540 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
5541 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
5545 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
5547 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
5548 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
5550 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
5552 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
5564 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
5565 pixels into background pixels. */
5569 values
.function
= GXxor
;
5570 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
5571 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
5573 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5574 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
5578 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
5579 int height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_HEIGHT (f
));
5580 /* Height of each line to flash. */
5581 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
5582 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
5583 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5584 int flash_right
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
5588 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
5589 edge it is next to. */
5590 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
5592 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
5593 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5596 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
5597 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5604 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
5606 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
5607 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5609 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5611 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5612 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5613 width
, flash_height
);
5614 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5616 (height
- flash_height
5617 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5618 width
, flash_height
);
5621 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5622 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5623 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5624 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5629 struct timeval wakeup
;
5631 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
5633 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
5634 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
5635 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
5636 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
5638 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
5640 while (! detect_input_pending ())
5642 struct timeval current
;
5643 struct timeval timeout
;
5645 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
5647 /* Break if result would be negative. */
5648 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
5651 /* How long `select' should wait. */
5653 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
5655 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
5656 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
5660 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
5661 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5663 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5665 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5666 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5667 width
, flash_height
);
5668 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5670 (height
- flash_height
5671 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5672 width
, flash_height
);
5675 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5676 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5677 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5678 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5680 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
5688 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
5691 /* Make audible bell. */
5696 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5698 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
5700 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
5707 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
5708 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
5715 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5716 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5717 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5718 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5721 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
5724 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5729 /***********************************************************************
5731 ***********************************************************************/
5733 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5734 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5737 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
5744 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5747 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
5751 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5752 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
5754 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5755 without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the
5756 left and right of W. */
5757 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
5758 width
+= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
5759 x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
5761 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
5762 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
5763 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
5767 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5768 line at the bottom. */
5769 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5770 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
5772 height
= run
->height
;
5776 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5778 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5779 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
5781 height
= run
->height
;
5786 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5790 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5791 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5792 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
5802 /***********************************************************************
5804 ***********************************************************************/
5806 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5807 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5808 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5809 the entire frame. */
5812 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
5818 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
5820 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5821 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5823 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
5827 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5828 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5829 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5830 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
5831 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
5833 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
5837 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
5840 r
.width
= CANON_X_UNIT (f
) * f
->width
;
5841 r
.height
= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
) * f
->height
;
5851 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
5852 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
5854 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
5855 expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
), &r
);
5857 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5858 if (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
))
5859 expose_window (XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
), &r
);
5860 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5864 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5865 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5868 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
5874 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
5875 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
5876 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
5877 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
5878 else if (expose_window (w
, r
) == 0)
5880 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? NULL
: XWINDOW (w
->next
);
5885 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5886 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5889 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
5891 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5893 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5895 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
5896 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
5898 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
5900 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
5901 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5902 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
,
5904 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5908 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5909 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5910 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5911 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5913 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5914 start_x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5916 start_x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5917 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5920 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5922 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->x
)
5924 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
5928 /* Find the last one. */
5932 && x
< r
->x
+ r
->width
)
5934 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
5940 x_draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
5941 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5942 last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5943 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5949 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5950 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5953 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
5955 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5958 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
5960 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5961 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
, 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
5962 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5966 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5967 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5968 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
5969 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
5970 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5971 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5972 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, row
);
5977 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5980 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
5984 XRectangle cr
, result
;
5985 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
5987 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
5990 cr
.x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
5991 cr
.y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
5992 cr
.width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
5993 cr
.height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
5994 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
6001 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectangle FR. Pixel
6002 coordinates in FR are frame-relative. Call this function with
6006 expose_window (w
, fr
)
6010 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6013 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
6014 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
6015 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
6017 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
6020 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
6021 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
6023 if (w
== updated_window
)
6025 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6029 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
6030 wr
.x
= XFASTINT (w
->left
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6031 wr
.y
= XFASTINT (w
->top
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
6032 wr
.width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
6033 wr
.height
= XFASTINT (w
->height
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
);
6035 if (x_intersect_rectangles (fr
, &wr
, &r
))
6037 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
6038 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6039 int cursor_cleared_p
;
6041 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
6042 r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
6044 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
6045 r
.x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
.x
);
6046 r
.y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
.y
);
6048 /* Turn off the cursor. */
6049 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
6050 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, &r
))
6053 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
6056 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
6058 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
6059 for (row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
6064 int y1
= MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
);
6066 if ((y0
>= r
.y
&& y0
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6067 || (y1
> r
.y
&& y1
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6068 || (r
.y
>= y0
&& r
.y
< y1
)
6069 || (r
.y
+ r
.height
> y0
&& r
.y
+ r
.height
< y1
))
6070 expose_line (w
, row
, &r
);
6076 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
6077 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
6078 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
6080 && row
->y
< r
.y
+ r
.height
)
6081 expose_line (w
, row
, &r
);
6083 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6085 /* Draw border between windows. */
6086 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
6088 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
6089 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
6090 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
6098 /* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
6099 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
6103 x_intersect_rectangles (r1
, r2
, result
)
6104 XRectangle
*r1
, *r2
, *result
;
6106 XRectangle
*left
, *right
;
6107 XRectangle
*upper
, *lower
;
6108 int intersection_p
= 0;
6110 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
6112 left
= r1
, right
= r2
;
6114 left
= r2
, right
= r1
;
6116 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
6117 otherwise there is no intersection. */
6118 if (right
->x
<= left
->x
+ left
->width
)
6120 result
->x
= right
->x
;
6122 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
6123 the right ends of left and right. */
6124 result
->width
= (min (left
->x
+ left
->width
, right
->x
+ right
->width
)
6127 /* Same game for Y. */
6129 upper
= r1
, lower
= r2
;
6131 upper
= r2
, lower
= r1
;
6133 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
6134 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
6135 if (lower
->y
<= upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
6137 result
->y
= lower
->y
;
6139 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
6140 ends of upper and lower. */
6141 result
->height
= (min (lower
->y
+ lower
->height
,
6142 upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
6148 return intersection_p
;
6159 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
6160 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
6161 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
6162 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
6164 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6165 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
6167 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
6171 frame_unhighlight (f
)
6174 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
6175 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
6176 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
6177 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
6179 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6180 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
6182 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
6185 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
6186 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
6187 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
6188 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
6189 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
6192 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
6193 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6194 struct frame
*frame
;
6196 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6198 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6200 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
6201 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
6202 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
6204 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
6205 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
6208 selected_frame
= frame
;
6209 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
6211 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
);
6212 choose_minibuf_frame ();
6215 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
6216 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6218 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
6221 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
6224 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
6227 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
6228 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6230 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
6233 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
6234 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
6235 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
6237 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
6238 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
6239 the appropriate X display info. */
6242 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
6243 struct frame
*frame
;
6245 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
6249 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
6250 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6252 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
6254 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6256 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
6257 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
6258 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
6259 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
6260 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
6262 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
6263 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
6267 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
6269 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
6272 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
6273 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
6274 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
6280 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
6282 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
6284 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
6285 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6287 int min_code
, max_code
;
6290 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
6292 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
6293 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
6294 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
6295 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
6296 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
6299 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
6301 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
6302 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
6305 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
6306 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
6308 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
6310 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
6311 Alt keysyms are on. */
6313 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
6315 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
6316 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
6319 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
6321 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
6325 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
6329 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
6331 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
6337 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6342 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6347 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6352 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
6356 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
6357 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
6358 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
6366 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
6367 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6369 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
6370 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
6373 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
6374 make them just meta, not alt. */
6375 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6377 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
6380 XFree ((char *) syms
);
6381 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
6384 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
6388 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
6389 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6392 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
6393 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
6394 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? meta_modifier
: 0)
6395 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? alt_modifier
: 0)
6396 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? super_modifier
: 0)
6397 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? hyper_modifier
: 0));
6401 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
6402 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6405 return ( ((state
& alt_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
6406 | ((state
& super_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
6407 | ((state
& hyper_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
6408 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
6409 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
6410 | ((state
& meta_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
6413 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
6416 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
6422 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
6430 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
6432 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
6433 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
6434 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
6435 not force the value into range. */
6438 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
6440 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
6441 register int *x
, *y
;
6445 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6446 even for negative values. */
6448 pix_x
-= FONT_WIDTH ((f
)->output_data
.x
->font
) - 1;
6450 pix_y
-= (f
)->output_data
.x
->line_height
- 1;
6452 pix_x
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6453 pix_y
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6457 bounds
->width
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
6458 bounds
->height
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
6459 bounds
->x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, pix_x
);
6460 bounds
->y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
6467 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
))
6468 pix_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
);
6472 else if (pix_y
> f
->height
)
6481 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6482 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6483 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6487 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
6490 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
6494 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
6495 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
6497 if (display_completed
)
6499 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6500 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6501 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
6507 *frame_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6515 *frame_y
= *frame_x
= 0;
6519 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, *frame_y
);
6520 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, *frame_x
);
6525 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6527 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6531 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
6532 struct input_event
*result
;
6533 XButtonEvent
*event
;
6536 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
6538 result
->kind
= mouse_click
;
6539 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
6540 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
6541 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6543 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
6547 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
6548 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
6549 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6555 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6556 The input handler calls this.
6558 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6559 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6560 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6561 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6563 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
6564 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
6567 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
6569 XMotionEvent
*event
;
6571 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
6572 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
6573 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
6575 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
6577 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6578 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6579 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
6582 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6583 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
6584 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
6585 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
6586 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
6588 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6589 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6590 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
6594 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
6596 int disable_mouse_highlight
;
6600 /************************************************************************
6602 ************************************************************************/
6604 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6605 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6606 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6607 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6608 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6609 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6612 static struct glyph
*
6613 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, area
, buffer_only_p
)
6616 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *area
;
6619 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6620 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
6621 int x0
, i
, left_area_width
;
6623 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6624 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6626 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
6627 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
6629 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
6636 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6637 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
6640 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6641 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6648 left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6649 if (x
< left_area_width
)
6651 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6654 else if (x
< left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
6657 x0
= row
->x
+ left_area_width
;
6661 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6662 x0
= left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
6666 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6667 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6668 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
6671 if (x
< x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6673 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6675 else if (!buffer_only_p
|| BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
6679 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6686 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6691 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6692 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6695 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
6699 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6701 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6702 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6703 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6704 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
);
6705 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6709 *x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, *x
);
6710 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6715 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of
6716 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6717 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6718 W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted
6719 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6722 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, mode_line_p
)
6726 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6727 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6728 Cursor cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6729 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6732 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6734 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6738 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6739 Lisp_Object help
, map
;
6742 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6743 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6744 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
6745 x0
= - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
)
6746 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
6749 && x
>= x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6751 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6756 && STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
6757 && XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->intervals
6758 && glyph
->charpos
>= 0
6759 && glyph
->charpos
< XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->size
)
6761 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6762 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6763 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6764 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6765 Qhelp_echo
, glyph
->object
);
6769 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
6770 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
6771 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6774 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6775 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6776 Qlocal_map
, glyph
->object
);
6778 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
;
6781 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6782 Qkeymap
, glyph
->object
);
6784 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
;
6789 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
6793 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6794 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6795 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6796 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6799 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
6803 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6807 Cursor cursor
= None
;
6810 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6811 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6812 if (popup_activated ())
6816 if (disable_mouse_highlight
6817 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
6820 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
6821 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
6822 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
6824 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
6829 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
6833 /* Which window is that in? */
6834 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &portion
, 1);
6836 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6837 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
6838 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6840 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6841 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
6844 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6845 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6846 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
6848 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6850 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6852 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
6856 /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */
6857 if (portion
== 1 || portion
== 3)
6859 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, portion
== 1);
6864 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
;
6866 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
;
6868 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6869 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6870 b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
6871 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6873 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
6874 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (b
)
6875 && XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b
))
6877 int hpos
, vpos
, pos
, i
, area
;
6878 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6880 Lisp_Object mouse_face
= Qnil
, overlay
= Qnil
, position
;
6881 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
= NULL
;
6883 struct buffer
*obuf
;
6884 int obegv
, ozv
, same_region
;
6886 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6887 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &area
, 0);
6889 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6891 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
6892 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
6894 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
6899 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6900 object
= glyph
->object
;
6901 if (!STRINGP (object
) && !BUFFERP (object
))
6904 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6905 if (BUFFERP (object
) && pos
> BUF_Z (b
))
6908 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6909 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6910 obuf
= current_buffer
;
6917 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6918 position
= make_number (pos
);
6920 if (BUFFERP (object
))
6922 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6923 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6924 enough space for all, and try again. */
6926 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6927 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
6928 if (noverlays
> len
)
6931 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6932 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
,0);
6935 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6936 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
6941 same_region
= (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
6942 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6943 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6944 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6945 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
6946 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6947 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
6948 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
));
6953 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6955 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
6956 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
6957 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
6958 highlight only that. */
6959 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)
6960 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
)))
6962 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
6965 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (overlay
); --i
)
6967 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
6968 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
6969 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
6972 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
6973 before, there's no need to do that again. */
6975 && EQ (overlay
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
))
6976 goto check_help_echo
;
6978 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= overlay
;
6980 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6981 if (clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
))
6984 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6986 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, object
);
6988 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6989 if (!NILP (overlay
))
6991 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6992 should be active. */
6993 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
6996 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
6997 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
6998 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6999 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7000 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7001 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7002 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7003 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
);
7004 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7005 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7006 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7007 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7008 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7009 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
);
7010 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7011 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7012 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7013 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
7015 /* Display it as active. */
7016 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7019 /* Handle the text property case. */
7020 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && BUFFERP (object
))
7022 /* Find the range of text around this char that
7023 should be active. */
7024 Lisp_Object before
, after
, beginning
, end
;
7027 beginning
= Fmarker_position (w
->start
);
7028 end
= make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object
))
7029 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
));
7031 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
7035 = Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
7038 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7039 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
7040 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7041 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7042 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7043 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
);
7044 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
7045 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
7046 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7047 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7048 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7049 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
);
7050 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7052 if (BUFFERP (object
))
7053 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7054 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
7055 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
7057 /* Display it as active. */
7058 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7061 else if (!NILP (mouse_face
) && STRINGP (object
))
7066 b
= Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
7069 e
= Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
7072 b
= make_number (0);
7074 e
= make_number (XSTRING (object
)->size
- 1);
7075 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (b
), object
,
7076 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
7077 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
7078 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
7079 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
, 0);
7080 fast_find_string_pos (w
, XINT (e
), object
,
7081 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
7082 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
7083 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
7084 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
, 1);
7085 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
7086 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7087 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
7088 = face_at_string_position (w
, object
, pos
, 0, 0, 0, &ignore
,
7090 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
7097 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
7099 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
7101 /* Check overlays first. */
7102 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
7103 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
7105 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
7106 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
7112 help_echo_window
= window
;
7113 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
7114 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
7118 Lisp_Object object
= glyph
->object
;
7119 int charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7121 /* Try text properties. */
7122 if (STRINGP (object
)
7124 && charpos
< XSTRING (object
)->size
)
7126 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
),
7127 Qhelp_echo
, object
);
7130 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
7131 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
7133 = MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7134 int start
= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r
);
7135 int pos
= string_buffer_position (w
, object
, start
);
7138 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (pos
),
7139 Qhelp_echo
, w
->buffer
);
7148 else if (BUFFERP (object
)
7151 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos
), Qhelp_echo
,
7157 help_echo_window
= window
;
7158 help_echo_object
= object
;
7159 help_echo_pos
= charpos
;
7166 current_buffer
= obuf
;
7172 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7176 redo_mouse_highlight ()
7178 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
7179 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
7180 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
7181 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
7182 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
7187 /***********************************************************************
7189 ***********************************************************************/
7191 static int x_tool_bar_item
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int,
7192 struct glyph
**, int *, int *, int *));
7194 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
7197 static int last_tool_bar_item
;
7200 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
7201 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
7202 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
7203 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7204 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7206 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7207 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7211 x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
7214 struct glyph
**glyph
;
7215 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
7217 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7218 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7221 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7222 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, &area
, 0);
7226 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7227 f->tool_bar_items. */
7228 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
7231 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7232 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
7233 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7234 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7235 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
7236 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
7237 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
7238 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
7239 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
7246 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7247 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
7251 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, button_event
)
7253 XButtonEvent
*button_event
;
7255 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7256 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
7257 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
7258 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7259 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7260 int x
= button_event
->x
;
7261 int y
= button_event
->y
;
7263 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7264 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7265 if (x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
7268 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7269 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7270 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
7273 if (button_event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
7275 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7276 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
7277 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
7278 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
7282 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
7283 struct input_event event
;
7285 /* Show item in released state. */
7286 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
7287 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7289 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
7291 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7292 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7293 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7295 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7297 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
7298 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
7300 event
.modifiers
= x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7301 button_event
->state
);
7302 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
7303 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7308 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7309 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7310 note_mouse_highlight. */
7313 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
7317 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
7318 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7319 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7321 struct glyph
*glyph
;
7322 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7324 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
7326 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
7327 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
7329 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7330 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7331 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
7333 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7337 rc
= x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
7340 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7341 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7347 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7349 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7350 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
7351 && f
== last_mouse_frame
7352 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
7354 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
7357 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
7358 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7360 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7361 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
7362 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
7364 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7365 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7366 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
7367 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
7368 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
7370 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7371 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
7372 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
7373 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
7374 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
7375 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
7377 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
7378 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
7379 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
7380 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
7381 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
7382 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
7384 /* Display it as active. */
7385 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
7386 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
7391 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
7392 XTread_socket does the rest. */
7393 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
7395 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
7396 if (NILP (help_echo
))
7397 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
7402 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W.
7403 *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7404 current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start
7405 return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of
7409 fast_find_position (w
, pos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
7412 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7416 int maybe_next_line_p
= 0;
7417 int line_start_position
;
7418 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7419 struct glyph_row
*row
, *best_row
;
7420 int row_vpos
, best_row_vpos
;
7423 row
= best_row
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7424 row_vpos
= best_row_vpos
= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row
, w
->current_matrix
);
7428 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7429 line_start_position
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
;
7431 line_start_position
= 0;
7433 if (line_start_position
> pos
)
7435 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7436 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7437 else if (line_start_position
== pos
7438 && pos
== BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
7440 maybe_next_line_p
= 1;
7443 else if (line_start_position
> 0)
7446 best_row_vpos
= row_vpos
;
7449 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
>= yb
)
7456 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7458 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7459 for (i
= 0; i
< best_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
7461 struct glyph
*glyph
= best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + i
;
7464 charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
7468 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7473 else if (charpos
> pos
)
7475 else if (charpos
> 0)
7478 current_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
7481 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7482 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7483 use the start of the following line. */
7484 if (maybe_next_line_p
)
7489 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
7492 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
7493 *hpos
= lastcol
+ 1;
7500 /* Find the position of the the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7501 window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel
7502 coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7504 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7505 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7507 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7508 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7509 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7510 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7511 next larger position in OBJECT.
7513 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7516 fast_find_string_pos (w
, pos
, object
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
, right_p
)
7520 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
7523 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
7524 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7525 struct glyph
*best_glyph
= NULL
;
7526 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= NULL
;
7529 for (r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7530 r
->enabled_p
&& r
->y
< yb
;
7533 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7534 struct glyph
*e
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7537 for (gx
= r
->x
; g
< e
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
7538 if (EQ (g
->object
, object
))
7540 if (g
->charpos
== pos
)
7547 else if (best_glyph
== NULL
7548 || ((abs (g
->charpos
- pos
)
7549 < abs (best_glyph
->charpos
- pos
))
7552 : g
->charpos
> pos
)))
7566 *hpos
= best_glyph
- best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7570 *x
+= best_glyph
->pixel_width
;
7575 *vpos
= best_row
- w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
7578 return best_glyph
!= NULL
;
7582 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7583 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7586 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
7587 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7588 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
7590 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
7591 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7593 int cursor_off_p
= 0;
7594 struct cursor_pos saved_cursor
;
7596 saved_cursor
= output_cursor
;
7598 /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7600 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
7603 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7604 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7605 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
7608 set_output_cursor (&w
->phys_cursor
);
7610 /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */
7611 for (i
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
;
7612 i
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
;
7615 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
7616 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
7618 /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */
7619 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
7622 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7623 if (i
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
)
7625 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
7626 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
7634 if (i
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
)
7635 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
7637 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7639 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the
7641 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
7642 && i
== output_cursor
.vpos
7643 && output_cursor
.hpos
>= start_hpos
- 1
7644 && output_cursor
.hpos
<= end_hpos
)
7646 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
7650 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
7652 row
->mouse_face_p
= draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
|| DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
7653 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
7654 start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
7658 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
7660 x_display_cursor (w
, 1,
7661 output_cursor
.hpos
, output_cursor
.vpos
,
7662 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
7664 output_cursor
= saved_cursor
;
7668 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7669 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
7670 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7671 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
7672 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
7673 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7674 f
->output_data
.x
->cross_cursor
);
7676 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7677 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
7680 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7681 Redraw it un-highlighted first. Value is non-zero if mouse
7682 face was actually drawn unhighlighted. */
7685 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
7686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7690 if (!NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7692 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
7696 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7697 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7698 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7699 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
7704 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7705 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7706 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7709 x_clear_mouse_face (w
)
7712 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
7716 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
7717 if (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7718 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7723 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7724 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7727 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
7731 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7733 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
7734 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
7736 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7737 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7738 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7743 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
7746 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
7747 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
7748 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
7752 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
7758 int part
, found
= 0;
7760 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &part
, 0);
7763 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7764 struct glyph_row
*r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
7765 struct glyph_row
*end
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
7768 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
7770 for (; !found
&& r
< end
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
7773 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
7774 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7777 for (gx
= r
->x
; !found
&& g
< end
; gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
)
7780 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
7781 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
7782 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
7783 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
7793 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7794 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7796 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
7797 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7798 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7799 position on the scroll bar.
7801 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
7802 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
7805 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7806 was at this position.
7808 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7810 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7814 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
7817 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
7818 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
7820 unsigned long *time
;
7826 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
7827 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
7833 Window dummy_window
;
7836 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7838 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7839 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7840 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
7841 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
7843 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
7845 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
7846 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
7847 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
7849 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
7852 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
7853 a different screen. */
7856 /* The position on that root window. */
7859 /* More trash we can't trust. */
7862 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
7864 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
7866 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7867 containing the pointer. */
7871 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
7876 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
7877 structure is changing at the same time this function
7878 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
7880 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
7882 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
7883 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
7885 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7886 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7887 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
7889 /* From-window, to-window. */
7890 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
7892 /* From-position, to-position. */
7893 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
7897 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
7903 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
7905 /* From-window, to-window. */
7908 /* From-position, to-position. */
7909 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
7914 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
7922 /* Now we know that:
7923 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
7924 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
7925 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
7926 (XTC did this the last time through), and
7927 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
7928 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
7929 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
7930 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
7931 never use them in that case.) */
7933 /* Is win one of our frames? */
7934 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
7936 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7937 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
7940 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
7941 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
7943 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7946 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
7949 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
7951 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7954 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (win
);
7958 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7964 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
7965 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7969 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7970 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7971 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7972 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7973 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7974 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7975 the frame are divided into. */
7977 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
7980 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
7981 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
7984 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
7985 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
7989 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7990 round down even for negative values. */
7995 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
7996 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
7998 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
7999 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
8000 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
8001 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
8007 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
8008 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
8009 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
8018 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8020 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
8021 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
8022 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
8023 that slows us down. */
8026 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
8027 struct atimer
*timer
;
8029 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated_flag
)
8032 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
8033 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
8038 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8041 /* Scroll bar support. */
8043 /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
8044 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
8047 static struct scroll_bar
*
8048 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
8053 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
8054 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
8057 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
8059 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
8060 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
8061 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
8064 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
8066 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
8067 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
8068 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
8069 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
8070 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
8073 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
8074 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
8075 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8082 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_LUCID
8084 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
8085 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
8088 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
8093 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
8094 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
8097 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
8098 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
8100 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
8107 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT && USE_LUCID */
8110 /************************************************************************
8112 ************************************************************************/
8114 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8116 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
8117 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
8118 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
8119 struct scroll_bar
*));
8120 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
8124 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
8126 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
8128 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
8129 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
8131 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
8133 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
8135 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
8137 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
8138 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
8140 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
8142 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
8143 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
8144 to avoid jerkyness. */
8146 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
8149 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
8150 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
8151 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
8152 a `end-scroll' scroll_bar_click' event if so. */
8155 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
8158 XtPointer client_data
;
8162 Cardinal
*num_params
;
8168 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
8169 end_action
= "Release";
8170 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8171 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
8172 end_action
= "EndScroll";
8173 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
8176 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
8177 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
8181 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
8182 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
8183 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
8184 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
8185 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
8186 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
8188 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
8189 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
8193 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
8194 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
8196 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
8197 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
8200 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
8201 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
8202 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
8203 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
8206 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
8208 int part
, portion
, whole
;
8211 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
8212 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
8213 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8218 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
8219 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
8220 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
8221 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8222 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8225 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
8226 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
8227 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
8228 into that array in the event. */
8229 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
8230 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
8233 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
8235 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
8236 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
8237 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
8239 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
8241 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
8242 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
8245 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
8246 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
8247 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
8248 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
8249 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
8250 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
8252 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
8253 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
8255 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
8256 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
8257 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
8258 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
8263 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
8267 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
8269 struct input_event
*ievent
;
8271 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
8276 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
8277 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
8279 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
8280 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8282 ievent
->kind
= scroll_bar_click
;
8283 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
8285 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8286 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
8287 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
8288 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
8289 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
8290 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
8296 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
8299 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
8300 #define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN)
8303 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
8304 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
8305 CALL_DATA is a pointer a a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
8308 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8310 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8312 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8313 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
8315 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
8319 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
8320 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8321 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
8324 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
8325 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8326 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8329 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
8330 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8331 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
8334 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
8335 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8336 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8340 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8341 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
8344 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
8345 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8346 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
8352 int dragging_down_p
= (INTEGERP (bar
->dragging
)
8353 && XINT (bar
->dragging
) <= cs
->value
);
8355 /* Get the slider size. */
8357 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
8360 /* At the max position of the scroll bar, do a line-wise
8361 movement. Without doing anything, we would be called with
8362 the same cs->value again and again. If we want to make
8363 sure that we can reach the end of the buffer, we have to do
8366 Implementation note: setting bar->dragging always to
8367 cs->value gives a smoother movement at the max position.
8368 Setting it to nil when doing line-wise movement gives
8369 a better slider behavior. */
8371 if (cs
->value
+ slider_size
== XM_SB_MAX
8373 && last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
))
8375 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8376 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8380 whole
= XM_SB_RANGE
;
8381 portion
= min (cs
->value
- XM_SB_MIN
, XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
);
8382 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8383 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
8388 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
8394 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8395 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8396 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
8401 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw. */
8404 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
8405 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
8406 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
8410 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8412 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8414 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8415 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
8417 int whole
, portion
, height
;
8420 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
8422 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8426 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
8428 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
8429 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
8430 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
8431 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
8432 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
8434 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8436 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8438 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8439 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
8440 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8441 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
8445 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
8446 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
8447 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
8448 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
8449 has taken place. It's magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
8450 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
8451 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
8454 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
8456 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
8458 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
8459 int position
= (int) call_data
;
8463 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
8465 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8468 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
8469 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8471 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
8472 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
8473 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
8474 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
8476 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
8478 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
8479 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8480 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
8481 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
8485 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
8488 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
8489 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
8492 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
8494 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8500 char *scroll_bar_name
= "verticalScrollBar";
8501 unsigned long pixel
;
8506 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
8507 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
8508 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, XM_SB_MIN
); ++ac
;
8509 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
8510 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
8511 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
8512 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
8513 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
8515 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
8518 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
8522 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8525 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
8529 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
8530 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
8532 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
8533 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8535 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8537 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8539 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8541 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8543 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8545 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
8548 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
8549 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
8551 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
8552 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
8553 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
8554 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
8556 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8558 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
8559 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
8560 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
8561 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
8562 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
8563 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
8564 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
8565 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
8566 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True); ++ac; */
8568 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
8571 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
8575 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8578 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
8582 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
8583 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
8587 char *val
= initial
;
8588 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
8589 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
8591 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
8592 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
8593 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
8594 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
8598 /* Define callbacks. */
8599 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
8600 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
8603 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
8604 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
8606 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
8608 /* Install an action hook that let's us detect when the user
8609 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
8610 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
8611 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
8613 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
8614 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
8615 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
8616 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
8622 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
8623 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
8626 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
8627 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8628 int portion
, position
, whole
;
8630 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8631 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
8638 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
8639 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
8647 XmScrollBarWidget sb
;
8649 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
8650 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
8652 size
= shown
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
8653 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_RANGE
);
8654 size
= max (size
, 1);
8656 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
8657 value
= top
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
8658 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
8659 value
= max (value
, XM_SB_MIN
);
8661 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8662 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
8663 else if (last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
8664 /* This has the negative side effect that the slider value is
8665 not what it would be if we scrolled here using line-wise or
8666 page-wise movement. */
8667 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, XM_SB_RANGE
- value
, 0, 0, False
);
8670 /* If currently dragging, only update the slider size.
8671 This reduces flicker effects. */
8672 int old_value
, old_size
, increment
, page_increment
;
8674 XmScrollBarGetValues (widget
, &old_value
, &old_size
,
8675 &increment
, &page_increment
);
8676 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, old_value
,
8677 min (size
, XM_SB_RANGE
- old_value
),
8681 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
8683 float old_top
, old_shown
;
8685 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
8686 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
8687 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
8691 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
8692 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
8693 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
8696 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
8697 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
8699 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
8700 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
8701 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
8702 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
8704 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8705 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
8709 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
8710 int scroll_mode
= 0;
8712 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
8713 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
8715 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
8716 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
8717 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
8718 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
8719 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
8722 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
8723 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
8724 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
8726 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
8729 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
8730 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
8735 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
8740 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8744 /************************************************************************
8745 Scroll bars, general
8746 ************************************************************************/
8748 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
8749 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
8750 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
8753 static struct scroll_bar
*
8754 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
8756 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
8758 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8759 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8760 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
8764 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8765 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
8766 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8768 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
8772 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
8773 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
8774 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
8776 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
8777 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
8779 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
8781 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
8783 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
8784 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
8785 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
8786 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8788 window_box_height (w
), False
);
8790 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8791 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
8792 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
8794 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
8796 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
8803 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
8805 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8807 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
8808 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
8809 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
8810 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
8811 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
8812 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
8813 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
8814 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8816 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
8817 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
8819 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
8820 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
8821 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
8823 /* Map the window/widget. */
8824 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8826 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
8827 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
8828 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
8830 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
8831 max (height
, 1), 0);
8832 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
8834 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8835 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
8836 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8843 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
8845 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
8846 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
8847 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
8850 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
8851 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
8852 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
8853 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
8854 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
8856 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8859 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
8860 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8864 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
8865 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
8866 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8867 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
8869 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
8871 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
8872 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
8878 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
8879 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8880 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8882 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
8883 the distance between start and end. */
8885 int length
= end
- start
;
8889 else if (start
> top_range
)
8891 end
= start
+ length
;
8895 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
8899 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
8900 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
8901 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
8903 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
8904 if (end
> top_range
)
8907 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
8908 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
8909 that many pixels tall. */
8910 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
8912 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
8913 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
8915 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
8916 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
8917 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
8918 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
8919 inside_width
, start
,
8922 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
8923 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8924 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
8925 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8927 /* Draw the handle itself. */
8928 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
8929 /* x, y, width, height */
8930 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
8931 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
8932 inside_width
, end
- start
);
8934 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
8935 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8936 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
8937 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8939 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
8940 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
8941 if (end
< inside_height
)
8942 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
8943 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
8944 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
8945 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
8946 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
8954 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8956 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
8960 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
8961 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8963 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8966 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8967 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
8969 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
8972 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
8973 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
8979 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
8980 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
8981 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
8985 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
8987 int portion
, whole
, position
;
8989 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8990 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8991 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
8992 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
8994 /* Get window dimensions. */
8995 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
8997 width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
8998 height
= window_height
;
9000 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
9001 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9002 left
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
);
9004 left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
);
9005 left
*= CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9006 left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
9008 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
9009 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
9010 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9011 sb_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9015 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
9016 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9017 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9018 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
9020 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
9022 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
9023 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
9028 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
9029 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9032 if (width
&& height
)
9033 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9034 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
9036 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
9040 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
9041 unsigned int mask
= 0;
9043 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
9047 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
9049 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
9051 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
9053 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
9056 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9058 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
9059 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
9060 if (width
&& height
)
9061 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9062 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
9064 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
9066 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
9067 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9069 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
9070 max (height
, 1), 0);
9072 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9074 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
9075 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
9076 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
9078 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9079 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9081 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9082 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9083 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
9087 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
9088 wide as the area reserved for it . This makes sure a
9089 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
9092 int area_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
9093 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
9095 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9096 left
+ area_width
- rest
, 0,
9097 rest
, max (height
, 1), False
);
9100 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
9105 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
9107 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
9109 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
9113 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9115 /* Remember new settings. */
9116 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
9117 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
9118 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
9119 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
9124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9125 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
9126 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9127 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
9129 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9131 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
9134 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
9137 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
9138 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
9139 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
9142 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9144 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
9148 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
9149 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
9150 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
9151 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
9152 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
9153 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
9154 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
9156 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
9157 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
9158 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
9161 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
9164 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
9165 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
9168 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
9169 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
9170 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
9171 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
9172 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
9173 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
9174 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
9179 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
9180 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
9183 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
9184 struct window
*window
;
9186 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9189 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
9190 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9193 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
9195 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
9196 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
9197 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
9199 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
9201 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9202 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
9204 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
9205 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
9206 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
9208 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
9209 one or the other! */
9213 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
9215 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
9216 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
9218 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9220 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
9221 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
9222 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
9225 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
9226 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
9229 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
9232 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
9234 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
9236 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
9237 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
9238 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
9240 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
9242 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9244 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9247 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
9250 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
9251 and they should get garbage-collected. */
9255 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
9256 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
9258 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9262 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
9263 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9266 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9268 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9269 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9270 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
9271 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
9275 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
9277 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
9278 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
9280 /* x, y, width, height */
9282 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
9283 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
9287 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9290 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
9291 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
9293 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9296 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9299 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
9300 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9302 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
9304 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
9307 emacs_event
->kind
= scroll_bar_click
;
9308 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
9309 emacs_event
->modifiers
9310 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
9311 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
9312 event
->xbutton
.state
)
9313 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
9316 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
9317 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
9318 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
9321 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9323 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9326 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9327 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
9330 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
9332 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
9333 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
9334 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
9335 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9337 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
9339 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
9340 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
9341 whether or not we're dragging. */
9343 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
9345 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
9346 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
9347 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
9350 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
9351 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
9352 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9354 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9355 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
9357 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
9358 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
9361 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
9363 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
9365 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
9366 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
9368 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
9370 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
9373 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
9377 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
9379 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
9383 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
9384 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
9387 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
9389 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
9392 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
9394 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
9395 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9397 /* Where should the handle be now? */
9398 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9400 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
9402 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
9404 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
9409 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9411 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
9412 on the scroll bar. */
9415 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
9417 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
9418 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
9420 unsigned long *time
;
9422 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
9423 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
9424 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
9426 Window dummy_window
;
9428 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
9432 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
9434 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
9436 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
9437 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
9438 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
9440 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
9443 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
9450 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9453 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
9455 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
9457 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9458 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
9462 if (win_y
> top_range
)
9466 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
9468 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
9469 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9470 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
9471 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
9472 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
9473 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
9475 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
9477 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
9478 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
9481 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
9484 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
9490 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
9491 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
9492 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
9496 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
9499 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9502 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
9503 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
9504 But in that case we should not clear them. */
9505 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9506 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
9507 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
9508 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9509 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
9511 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9514 /* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event
9515 loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
9516 when handling menu-bar or pop-up items. */
9519 process_expose_from_menu (event
)
9523 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9524 int frame_exposed_p
= 0;
9528 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (event
.xexpose
.display
);
9529 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
9532 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
9534 f
->async_visible
= 1;
9535 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9536 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
9537 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9541 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
),
9542 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
9543 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
9544 frame_exposed_p
= 1;
9549 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9550 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
9553 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
9557 return frame_exposed_p
;
9560 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
9562 struct selection_event_queue
9565 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
9568 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
9570 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
9572 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
9574 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
9577 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
9581 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
9582 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
9584 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
9586 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
9587 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
9592 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
9593 so that they get processed afresh. */
9596 x_unqueue_events (display
)
9599 while (queue
!= NULL
)
9601 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
9602 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
9603 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
9604 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
9608 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
9611 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
9614 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
9617 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
9620 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
9623 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
9624 x_unqueue_events (display
);
9627 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
9629 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
9630 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
9631 sometimes don't work. */
9633 static Time enter_timestamp
;
9635 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
9636 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
9637 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
9638 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
9640 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
9641 given for enter_time stamp, above. */
9643 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
9645 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
9646 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
9648 static int temp_index
;
9649 static short temp_buffer
[100];
9651 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
9652 on a particular display. */
9654 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
9656 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
9657 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
9658 We try all the open displays, one by one.
9659 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
9661 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
9663 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
9666 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
9667 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
9668 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
9669 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
9670 if (numchars >= 1) \
9672 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \
9673 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
9682 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
9683 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
9685 /* Read events coming from the X server.
9686 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
9687 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
9689 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
9690 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
9691 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
9692 thus pretending to be `read'.
9694 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
9697 XTread_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
9699 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
9700 /* register */ int numchars
;
9707 int event_found
= 0;
9708 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9709 struct coding_system coding
;
9711 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
9713 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
9717 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
9720 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
9721 input_signal_count
++;
9724 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
9728 /* The input should be decoded if it is from XIM. Currently the
9729 locale of XIM is the same as that of the system. So, we can use
9730 Vlocale_coding_system which is initialized properly at Emacs
9732 setup_coding_system (Vlocale_coding_system
, &coding
);
9733 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
9734 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
9735 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't handle
9736 composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that gives us composition
9738 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
9740 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
9741 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
9742 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
9744 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
9746 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
9747 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
9748 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
9749 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
9750 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
9751 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
9754 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
9755 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
9756 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
9757 for X connections. */
9760 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
9762 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
9763 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
9764 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
9765 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
9767 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
9771 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
9772 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
9774 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
9775 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
9778 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
9780 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
9784 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
9785 XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
9786 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
9787 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
9789 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
9790 event
.xclient
.window
);
9791 if (XFilterEvent (&event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
))
9801 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
9802 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
9803 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
9805 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
9806 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
9808 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
9809 could be the shell widget window
9810 if the frame has no title bar. */
9811 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
9813 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
9814 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
9815 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
9817 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
9818 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
9819 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
9820 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
9821 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
9824 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
9825 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
9826 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
9827 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
9830 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
9831 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
9832 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
9835 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
9836 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
9837 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
9838 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
9839 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
9840 /* The ICCCM says this is
9841 the only valid choice. */
9843 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
9844 /* This is needed to detect the error
9845 if there is an error. */
9847 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
9849 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
9852 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
9853 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
9855 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
9856 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
9857 the session manager, who's looking for such a
9858 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
9859 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
9862 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
9863 event
.xclient
.window
);
9865 /* This is just so we only give real data once
9866 for a single Emacs process. */
9867 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
9868 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9869 event
.xclient
.window
,
9870 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
9872 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9873 event
.xclient
.window
,
9877 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
9878 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
9881 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
9882 event
.xclient
.window
);
9889 bufp
->kind
= delete_window_event
;
9890 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9899 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
9900 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
9903 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
9904 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
9908 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
9910 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
9911 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
9915 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= new_x
;
9916 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= new_y
;
9920 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
9921 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
9924 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
9925 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
9928 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
9929 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
9930 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
9931 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
9932 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
9934 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
9935 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
9936 currently never do because we are interested in
9937 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
9938 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
9940 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
9941 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
9942 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9944 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9945 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
9946 we construct an input_event. */
9947 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
9948 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
9950 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
9951 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
9954 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9960 case SelectionNotify
:
9961 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9962 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
9964 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9965 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
9968 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
9969 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9970 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
9972 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9974 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
9979 bufp
->kind
= selection_clear_event
;
9980 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
9981 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
9982 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
9983 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
9992 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
9993 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9994 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
9996 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9997 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
9998 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
10002 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
10007 bufp
->kind
= selection_request_event
;
10008 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
10009 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
10010 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
10011 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
10012 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
10013 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
10014 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
10023 case PropertyNotify
:
10024 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10025 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
10027 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10028 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
10031 case ReparentNotify
:
10032 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
10036 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
10037 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
10038 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= x
;
10039 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= y
;
10044 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
10047 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
10049 f
->async_visible
= 1;
10050 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
10051 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
10052 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10055 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
10056 event
.xexpose
.window
),
10057 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
10058 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
10062 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10063 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
10065 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_LUCID
10066 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
10067 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
10068 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
10071 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
10073 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
10075 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT && USE_LUCID */
10077 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10078 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
10080 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10081 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
10084 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
10085 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10088 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10089 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10093 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
10094 source area was obscured or not
10096 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
10100 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
10101 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
10102 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
10104 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10107 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10110 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
10111 source area was completely
10116 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
10117 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
10120 redo_mouse_highlight ();
10123 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
10124 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
10125 the frame was deleted. */
10127 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
10128 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
10129 display that won't ever be seen. */
10130 f
->async_visible
= 0;
10131 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
10132 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
10133 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
10134 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
10135 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
10136 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
10137 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10139 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
10141 bufp
->kind
= iconify_event
;
10142 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10152 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
10153 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
10154 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
10157 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
10158 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
10159 frame is visible. */
10160 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
10163 f
->async_visible
= 1;
10164 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
10165 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
10167 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
10168 the frame's display structures. */
10169 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10173 bufp
->kind
= deiconify_event
;
10174 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10180 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
10181 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
10182 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
10183 to update the frame titles
10184 in case this is the second frame. */
10185 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
10190 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
10192 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10195 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
10196 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
10197 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
10198 event
.xkey
.window
);
10199 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
10201 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
10202 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
10205 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10209 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
10210 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
10211 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
10214 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
10215 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
10216 status_return even if the input is too long to
10217 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
10218 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
10219 two-byte character set) seems to be a faily good
10220 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
10221 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
10222 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
10223 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
10227 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10228 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
10229 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
10231 /* This will have to go some day... */
10233 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
10234 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
10235 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
10236 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
10237 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
10238 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
10239 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
10241 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
10242 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
10243 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
10244 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
10245 not it is combined with Meta. */
10246 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
10247 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
10252 Status status_return
;
10254 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10255 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10256 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10258 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
10260 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
10261 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
10262 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
10263 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10264 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10268 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
10270 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
10275 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
10276 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
10280 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10281 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10284 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
10285 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
10289 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
10293 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
10294 || keysym
== XK_Delete
10295 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
10296 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
&& keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
10298 || (keysym
>= XK_Kanji
&& keysym
<= XK_Eisu_toggle
)
10299 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
10300 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
10302 /* This recognizes the "extended function keys".
10303 It seems there's no cleaner way.
10304 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch
10306 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
10307 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
10309 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
10310 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
10312 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
10313 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
10315 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
10316 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
10318 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
10319 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
10321 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
10322 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
10324 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
10325 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
10327 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
10328 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
10330 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
10331 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
10333 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
10334 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
10336 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
10337 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
10339 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
10340 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
10342 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
10343 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
10345 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
10346 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
10348 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
10349 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
10350 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
10351 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28)))
10352 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
10354 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
10355 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
10358 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
10360 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
10363 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
10365 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
10366 bufp
->kind
= non_ascii_keystroke
;
10367 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
10368 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10371 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10373 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
10378 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
10384 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
10386 if (temp_index
== (sizeof temp_buffer
10389 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_bufptr
[i
];
10392 if (/* If the event is not from XIM, */
10393 event
.xkey
.keycode
!= 0
10394 /* or the current locale doesn't request
10395 decoding of the intup data, ... */
10396 || coding
.type
== coding_type_raw_text
10397 || coding
.type
== coding_type_no_conversion
)
10399 /* ... we can use the input data as is. */
10404 /* We have to decode the input data. */
10408 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
10409 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
10410 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
10411 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
,
10413 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
10414 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
10418 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
10419 character events. */
10420 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
10422 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
10424 bufp
->kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
10426 : multibyte_char_keystroke
);
10428 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10431 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
10433 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
10438 numchars
-= nchars
;
10440 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
10450 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
10451 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
10460 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
10461 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
10468 /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole
10469 FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If
10470 you get a FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut
10471 event before you relinquish the focus. If you
10472 haven't received a FocusIn event, then a mere
10473 LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */
10477 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
10479 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
10481 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
10482 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
10483 || !(f
->auto_lower
)
10484 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
10486 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
10487 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
10490 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10491 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
10493 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
10494 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
10495 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
10496 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
10501 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xfocus
.window
);
10502 if (event
.xfocus
.detail
!= NotifyPointer
)
10503 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= f
;
10506 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
10508 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
10509 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
10510 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
10511 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
10512 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
10514 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
10515 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
10517 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
10522 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
10523 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
10529 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
10532 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
10534 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
10535 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
10536 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
10537 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10540 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
10541 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
10542 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
10543 the mouse leaves the frame. */
10544 if (any_help_event_p
)
10549 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10551 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
10552 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
10553 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
10556 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
10557 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
);
10560 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
10561 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10562 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10563 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
10569 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xfocus
.window
);
10570 if (event
.xfocus
.detail
!= NotifyPointer
10571 && f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
10572 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10573 if (f
&& f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10574 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
10577 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
10578 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
10585 previous_help_echo
= help_echo
;
10586 help_echo
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
10587 help_echo_pos
= -1;
10589 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
10590 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
10591 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
10593 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
10596 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
10599 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10600 struct scroll_bar
*bar
10601 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.window
);
10604 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
10605 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10607 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
10608 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
10609 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
10612 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
10613 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
10614 if (!NILP (help_echo
)
10615 || !NILP (previous_help_echo
))
10621 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10625 any_help_event_p
= 1;
10626 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo
, frame
,
10627 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
10629 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
10635 case ConfigureNotify
:
10636 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
10639 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10640 int rows
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
10641 int columns
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
10643 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
10644 is called by the code that handles resizing
10645 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
10647 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
10648 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
10649 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
10650 if (columns
!= f
->width
10651 || rows
!= f
->height
10652 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
10653 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
)
10655 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
10656 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10657 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10661 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
= event
.xconfigure
.width
;
10662 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
= event
.xconfigure
.height
;
10664 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
10665 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
10666 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
10667 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
10670 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
10671 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
10674 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10676 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
10677 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
10678 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10679 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
10682 /* Some window managers pass (0,0) as the location of
10683 the window, and the Motif event handler stores it
10684 in the emacs widget, which messes up Motif menus. */
10685 if (event
.xconfigure
.x
== 0 && event
.xconfigure
.y
== 0)
10687 event
.xconfigure
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
10688 event
.xconfigure
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
10690 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
10695 case ButtonRelease
:
10697 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
10698 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
10699 struct input_event emacs_event
;
10700 int tool_bar_p
= 0;
10702 emacs_event
.kind
= no_event
;
10703 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
10705 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
10706 && last_mouse_frame
10707 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
10708 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
10710 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
10714 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
10715 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
10716 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
))
10718 Lisp_Object window
;
10721 x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
10722 y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
10725 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &p
, 1);
10726 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
10728 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, &event
.xbutton
);
10734 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
10735 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
10736 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
10740 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10741 struct scroll_bar
*bar
10742 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.window
);
10745 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
10746 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
10749 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
10751 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
10752 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
10753 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
10754 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
10755 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
10756 the ButtonPress. */
10758 f
->mouse_moved
= 0;
10761 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10765 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
10768 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= no_event
)
10770 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
10776 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10777 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
10778 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
10779 don't pass it to Xt right now.
10780 Instead, save it away
10781 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
10782 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
10783 if (f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
10784 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
10785 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
10786 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
10787 && event
.xbutton
.x
< f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
10788 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
10789 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
10790 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
10792 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
10793 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
10795 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
10797 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10801 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
10802 but I am trying to be cautious. */
10803 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
10805 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
10807 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
10808 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
10809 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
10814 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
10817 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10821 case CirculateNotify
:
10824 case CirculateRequest
:
10827 case VisibilityNotify
:
10830 case MappingNotify
:
10831 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
10833 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
10835 case MappingModifier
:
10836 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10837 /* This is meant to fall through. */
10838 case MappingKeyboard
:
10839 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
10845 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10847 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
10849 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10857 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
10858 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
10861 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
10862 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
10863 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
10865 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
10869 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
10870 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
10872 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
10874 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
10875 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
10879 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
10881 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
10882 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
10884 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
10885 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10896 /***********************************************************************
10898 ***********************************************************************/
10900 /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
10901 drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the
10902 line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the
10903 line after HPOS has been written. */
10906 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, hpos
, n
)
10910 if (updated_area
== TEXT_AREA
10911 && output_cursor
.vpos
== w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
10912 && hpos
<= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
10914 || hpos
+ n
> w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
))
10915 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
10919 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
10920 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
10921 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
10922 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
10924 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
10925 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
10926 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
10929 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, whole_line_p
)
10931 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10935 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
10936 XRectangle clip_rect
;
10937 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
10939 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
10941 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
10942 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
10943 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
10944 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
10945 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
10947 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
10948 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
10951 clip_rect
.x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
10952 clip_rect
.width
+= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
10955 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
10959 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
10962 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
10964 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10966 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
10967 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10968 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
10971 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
10974 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
10976 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
10977 y
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
10978 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
10979 h
= row
->height
- 1;
10981 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
10982 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
10983 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
10984 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
10987 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
10988 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
10989 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
10991 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
10992 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
10993 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
10994 wd
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (f
), wd
);
10996 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
10997 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
10998 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
10999 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
11000 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
11002 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11003 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
11004 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
11006 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
11007 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
11008 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
11009 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
11013 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
11015 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
11016 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
11017 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
11021 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
)
11023 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11026 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11027 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11030 unsigned long mask
;
11035 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
11036 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
11037 and mini-buffer. */
11038 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11039 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11042 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
11043 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
11044 the bar might not be in the window. */
11045 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
11047 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11048 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
11049 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
11053 xgcv
.background
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
11054 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
11055 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
11056 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
11057 dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
11058 window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11059 gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
11062 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
11065 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
11066 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
11070 width
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_width
;
11072 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
11073 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
11074 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
11076 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
11077 min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
),
11079 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
11084 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
11085 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
11086 is is about to be rewritten. */
11092 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11093 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
11097 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
11098 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
11101 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
11103 struct glyph_row
*row
;
11104 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
11106 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
11107 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
11108 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
11109 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
11111 x_draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
11112 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
11115 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
11116 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
11118 if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
11120 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
11121 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
11122 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
);
11124 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
11125 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
11126 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
);
11132 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
11135 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
)
11138 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11139 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11140 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
11141 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
11142 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
11143 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
11144 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
11145 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
11146 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
11148 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
11150 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
11151 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11153 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
11154 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
11155 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
11156 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11158 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
11160 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
11161 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
11162 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11164 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
11165 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
11166 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
11167 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
11168 cursor glyph at hand. */
11169 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
11170 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11172 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
11173 we clear the cursor. */
11174 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11175 && w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11176 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11177 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11178 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
11179 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11180 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11181 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
11182 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
11183 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
11184 mouse highlighting does not. */
11185 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
)
11186 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
11188 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
11189 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
11192 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
11194 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
11195 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
11196 goto mark_cursor_off
;
11198 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
11200 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11202 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
11204 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
11205 cursor_row
->visible_height
,
11209 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
11210 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
11211 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
11212 else if (cursor_row
->inverse_p
)
11213 hl
= DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
;
11215 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
11216 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
11219 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11220 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11224 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
11227 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w
)
11230 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
11231 int in_mouse_face
= 0;
11233 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
11234 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
) == w
)
11236 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
11237 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
11239 if (vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11240 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11241 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11242 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
11243 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11244 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
11245 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
11249 return in_mouse_face
;
11253 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
11254 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
11255 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
11258 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
11260 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
11262 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
11263 int new_cursor_type
;
11264 int new_cursor_width
;
11265 struct glyph_matrix
*current_glyphs
;
11266 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
11267 struct glyph
*glyph
;
11269 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
11270 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
11271 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
11273 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
11274 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
11275 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
11276 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
11279 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
11280 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11283 current_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
11284 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs
, vpos
);
11285 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
11287 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
11288 display the cursor. */
11289 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
11291 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
11295 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
11297 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
11298 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
11299 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
11300 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
11301 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
11303 new_cursor_width
= -1;
11304 if (cursor_in_echo_area
11305 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
11306 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
11308 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
11309 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
11311 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
11315 if (f
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
11316 || w
!= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
11318 extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows
;
11320 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
11321 || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows
11322 || NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->cursor_type
))
11323 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11325 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
11327 else if (w
->cursor_off_p
)
11328 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
11331 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
11333 if (EQ (b
->cursor_type
, Qt
))
11334 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
11336 new_cursor_type
= x_specified_cursor_type (b
->cursor_type
,
11337 &new_cursor_width
);
11341 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
11342 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
11344 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
11346 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
11347 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
11348 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
))
11349 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
);
11351 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
11353 if (on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
11355 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
11356 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
11358 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
11359 of them may need the information. */
11360 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
11361 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
11362 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
11363 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
11364 w
->phys_cursor_type
= new_cursor_type
;
11365 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
11367 switch (new_cursor_type
)
11369 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
11370 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
11373 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
11374 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
11378 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, new_cursor_width
);
11389 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
11390 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
11391 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
11396 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
11397 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11402 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
11403 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
11404 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
11405 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
11406 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
11409 x_display_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
11411 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
11414 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
11419 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
11420 Don't change the cursor's position. */
11423 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
11426 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
11430 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
11431 in the window tree rooted at W. */
11434 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
11440 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
11441 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
11442 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
11443 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
11445 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
11447 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
11452 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
11456 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
11460 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
11461 of being deleted. */
11462 if (w
->current_matrix
)
11465 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
11466 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
11476 /* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F
11477 when we get an expose event for it. */
11483 /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */
11486 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
11489 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
11495 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
11498 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */
11499 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
11500 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
11501 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
11503 if (STRINGP (file
))
11504 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
11507 /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */
11508 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
11509 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
11510 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
11511 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
11513 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
11514 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
11515 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
11516 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
11517 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
11519 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
11522 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
11523 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
11529 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
11530 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
11533 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
11537 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
11542 XTextProperty text
;
11543 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
11544 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
11546 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
11547 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11548 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
11550 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11551 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
11552 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11554 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
11555 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
11556 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
11558 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
11559 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
11560 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
11561 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
11566 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
11568 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
11569 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
11571 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
11573 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
11574 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
11575 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
11578 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
11580 XErrorEvent
*error
;
11582 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
11583 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
,
11584 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
11587 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
11588 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
11591 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
11592 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
11593 stored in x_error_message_string.
11595 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
11596 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
11598 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
11600 void x_check_errors ();
11601 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
11604 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
11607 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
11609 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
11610 XSync (dpy
, False
);
11612 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
, x_error_message_string
);
11614 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
11615 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] = 0;
11620 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
11623 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
11624 Lisp_Object old_val
;
11626 x_error_message_string
= old_val
;
11630 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
11631 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
11632 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
11635 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
11639 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
11640 XSync (dpy
, False
);
11642 if (XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0])
11643 error (format
, XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
);
11646 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
11647 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
11650 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
11653 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
11654 XSync (dpy
, False
);
11656 return XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] != 0;
11659 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
11662 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
11665 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] = 0;
11668 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
11669 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
11670 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
11671 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
11674 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
11678 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
11682 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
11685 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
11690 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
11691 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
11692 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
11693 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
11694 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
11697 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
11698 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
11701 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
11702 must reestablish each time */
11703 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
11708 /************************************************************************
11710 ************************************************************************/
11712 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
11713 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
11716 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
11718 char *error_message
;
11720 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
11721 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
11725 msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
11726 strcpy (msg
, error_message
);
11727 handling_signal
= 0;
11729 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
11730 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
11731 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
11732 the original message here. */
11733 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11735 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
11736 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
11737 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
11739 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
11740 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
11741 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
11743 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
11744 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
11746 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
11747 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
11748 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
11750 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11751 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
11752 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
11754 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11757 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
11759 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
11761 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
11762 that are on the dead display. */
11763 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11765 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
11767 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
11768 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
11769 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
11770 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
11771 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
11772 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
11775 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
11776 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
11777 for another frame that we need to delete. */
11778 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11779 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
11780 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
11782 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
11783 trying to find a replacement. */
11784 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
11785 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
11789 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
11791 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
11793 if (x_display_list
== 0)
11795 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", msg
);
11796 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
11800 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
11802 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
11804 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
11805 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
11807 clear_waiting_for_input ();
11812 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
11813 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
11814 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
11817 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
11819 XErrorEvent
*error
;
11821 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
11823 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11824 original error handler. */
11826 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
11827 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
11828 buf
, error
->request_code
);
11829 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
11833 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
11834 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
11837 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
11839 XErrorEvent
*error
;
11841 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
11842 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
11844 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
11848 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
11849 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
11850 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
11853 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
11858 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
11859 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
11863 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
11865 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
11866 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
11867 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
11868 The return value shows which font we chose. */
11871 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
11873 register char *fontname
;
11875 struct font_info
*fontp
11876 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
11881 f
->output_data
.x
->font
= (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
11882 f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
= fontp
->baseline_offset
;
11883 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= -1;
11885 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
11886 if (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
> 0)
11888 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
11889 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
+ wid
-1) / wid
;
11893 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
11894 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
11897 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
11898 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
11900 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
11901 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
11902 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
11903 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
11904 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
11905 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
11907 frame_update_line_height (f
);
11909 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
11910 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
11911 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
11912 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
11913 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, f
->width
, f
->height
);
11916 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
11917 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
11918 f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
11920 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
11923 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
11924 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
11925 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
11926 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
11929 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
11933 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
11934 Lisp_Object result
;
11939 if (f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
11940 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
11942 return fontset_name (fontset
);
11944 result
= x_new_font (f
, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
));
11946 if (!STRINGP (result
))
11947 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
11950 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
11951 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= fontset
;
11955 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
11956 xic_set_xfontset (f
, XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
);
11959 return build_string (fontsetname
);
11963 /***********************************************************************
11965 ***********************************************************************/
11971 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
11972 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
11973 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
11976 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
11978 XPointer client_data
;
11979 XPointer call_data
;
11981 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
11982 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
11986 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
11987 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11989 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11990 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
11992 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
11993 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
11995 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
11996 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
12001 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
12002 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12003 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
12007 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
12009 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
12010 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
12013 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
12014 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12015 char *resource_name
;
12020 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
12021 dpyinfo
->xim
= xim
;
12026 XIMCallback destroy
;
12029 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
12030 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
12033 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
12034 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
12035 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0. */
12036 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
12040 #else /* not USE_XIM */
12041 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12042 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
12046 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12050 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12051 char *resource_name
;
12054 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
12055 server is available. DISPLAY is teh display of the XIM.
12056 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
12057 when the callback was registered. */
12060 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
12062 XPointer client_data
;
12063 XPointer call_data
;
12065 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
12066 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
12068 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
12072 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
12074 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
12075 as they have no XIC. */
12076 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
12078 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
12081 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
12083 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
12085 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
12086 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
12088 create_frame_xic (f
);
12089 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
12090 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
12091 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
12093 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
12094 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
12103 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12106 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
12107 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
12108 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
12109 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
12112 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
12113 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12114 char *resource_name
;
12117 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12118 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
12121 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12122 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
12123 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
12124 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
12125 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
12126 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
12127 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
12128 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
12129 xim_instantiate_callback
,
12130 /* Fixme: This is XPointer in
12131 XFree86 but (XPointer *) on
12132 Tru64, at least. */
12133 (XPointer
) xim_inst
);
12134 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12135 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12136 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12137 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12139 #else /* not USE_XIM */
12140 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12141 #endif /* not USE_XIM */
12145 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
12148 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
12149 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12152 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
12153 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12154 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
12156 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
12157 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12158 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12159 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
12160 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
12161 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
12162 #endif /* USE_XIM */
12165 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
12169 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
12170 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
12173 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
12177 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
12178 int flags
= f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
;
12181 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
12182 is already for the top-left corner. */
12183 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
12186 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12187 this_window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12189 this_window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12192 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
12193 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
12194 But do this only if we will need the results. */
12195 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
12200 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12203 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12204 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
12206 /* From-window, to-window. */
12208 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
12210 /* From-position, to-position. */
12211 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
12213 /* Child of win. */
12215 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
12217 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
12218 Window
*newchildren
;
12219 unsigned int nchildren
;
12221 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
12222 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
12225 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
12227 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
12233 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
12237 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
12238 position that fits on the screen. */
12239 if (flags
& XNegative
)
12240 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
12241 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
- win_x
12243 + f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
);
12246 int height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
12248 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
12249 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
12250 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
12252 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
12253 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
12254 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
12255 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
12258 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
12259 2000-12-01, gerd. */
12261 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
12264 if (flags
& YNegative
)
12265 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
12266 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
12269 + f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
12272 /* The left_pos and top_pos
12273 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
12274 so the flags should correspond. */
12275 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
12278 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
12279 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
12280 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
12281 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
12282 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
12285 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
12287 register int xoff
, yoff
;
12288 int change_gravity
;
12290 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
12292 if (change_gravity
> 0)
12294 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= yoff
;
12295 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= xoff
;
12296 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
12298 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
12300 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
12301 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
12303 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
12306 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
12308 modified_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
12309 modified_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
12310 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
12311 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
12312 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
12313 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
12314 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
12316 modified_left
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
12317 modified_top
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
12321 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12322 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
12323 modified_left
, modified_top
);
12324 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12325 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12326 modified_left
, modified_top
);
12327 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12332 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
12333 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
12334 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
12335 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
12338 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
12340 int change_gravity
;
12343 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
12345 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
12346 f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
12347 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
12349 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0
12350 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
12351 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
)));
12352 f
->output_data
.x
->flags_areas_extra
12353 = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
12354 pixelwidth
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
12355 pixelheight
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
12357 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
12358 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
12360 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
12361 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12362 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
12364 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
12365 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
12366 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
12367 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
12369 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
12370 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
12371 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
12372 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
12373 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
12375 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
12377 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
12378 PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
12379 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
12381 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
12382 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
12383 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
12384 we have to make sure to do it here. */
12385 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
12387 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12391 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
12392 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
12393 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
12394 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
12397 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
12399 int change_gravity
;
12404 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12406 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
12408 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
12409 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
12410 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
12411 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
12412 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
12413 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
12414 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
12415 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
12416 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
12419 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
12421 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12423 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
12425 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12427 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
12428 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
12430 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
12431 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
12432 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
12433 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
12434 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
12439 /* Mouse warping. */
12442 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
12448 pix_x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, x
) + FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
) / 2;
12449 pix_y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, y
) + f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
/ 2;
12451 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
12452 if (pix_x
> PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
12454 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
12455 if (pix_y
> PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
12459 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12460 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
12464 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
12467 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
12473 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12474 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
12478 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
12481 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
12484 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
12488 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
12489 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
12490 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
12491 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
12492 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
12497 x_unfocus_frame (f
)
12501 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
12502 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
12503 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
12504 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
12508 /* Raise frame F. */
12514 if (f
->async_visible
)
12517 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12518 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
12519 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12520 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
12521 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12522 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12527 /* Lower frame F. */
12533 if (f
->async_visible
)
12536 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12537 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
12538 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12539 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
12540 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12541 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12547 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
12557 /* Change of visibility. */
12559 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
12560 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
12561 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
12562 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
12563 but it will become visible later when the window manager
12564 finishes with it. */
12567 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
12571 int original_top
, original_left
;
12572 int retry_count
= 2;
12578 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
12580 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
12582 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
12584 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
12585 call x_set_offset a second time
12586 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
12587 before the window gets really visible. */
12588 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
12589 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
12590 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
12592 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
12594 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
12595 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
12596 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12597 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
12598 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12599 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12600 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
12601 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12602 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
12603 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
12604 to come back ok without this. */
12605 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
12606 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
12610 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12612 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
12613 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
12614 so that incoming events are handled. */
12618 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
12619 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
12620 will set it when they are handled. */
12621 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
12623 original_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
12624 original_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
12626 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
12629 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
12631 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
12632 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
12633 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
12634 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
12636 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
12637 because the window manager may choose the position
12638 and we don't want to override it. */
12640 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
12641 && f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
12642 && previously_visible
)
12646 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
12650 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
12651 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
12652 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
12653 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
12654 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
12655 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
12656 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
12657 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
12658 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
12660 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
12661 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
12662 original_left
, original_top
);
12667 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
12669 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
12670 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
12671 MapNotify at all.. */
12672 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
12673 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
12675 /* Force processing of queued events. */
12678 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
12679 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
12680 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
12681 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
12682 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
12684 if (input_polling_used ())
12686 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
12687 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
12688 handler reset it. */
12689 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
12690 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
12691 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
12692 poll_for_input_1 ();
12693 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
12696 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
12697 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
12702 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
12706 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
12707 FreeBSD, Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
12708 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
12709 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
12711 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
12716 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
12718 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
12721 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
12726 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12727 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
12728 window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12729 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12730 window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12731 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12733 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
12734 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
12735 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
12737 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
12738 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
12744 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
12745 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
12746 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
12747 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
12748 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
12749 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
12753 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
12754 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
12756 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
12757 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
12759 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
12761 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
12762 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
12766 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
12767 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
12768 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12769 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
12770 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
12771 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
12773 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
12776 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
12777 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
12781 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
12782 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
12783 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
12785 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
12786 just by the event that we get from the server.
12787 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
12788 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
12789 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
12791 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
12792 f
->async_visible
= 0;
12793 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
12800 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
12803 x_iconify_frame (f
)
12809 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
12810 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
12811 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
12813 if (f
->async_iconified
)
12818 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
12820 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
12822 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
12824 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12826 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
12828 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
12829 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
12830 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
12831 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12832 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
12833 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
12834 so we have to record it here. */
12837 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
12838 f
->async_visible
= 0;
12843 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
12844 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
12845 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
12849 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
12851 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
12852 f
->async_visible
= 0;
12856 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12858 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12860 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
12861 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
12862 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
12863 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
12865 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
12866 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
12868 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
12869 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
12873 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12874 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
12875 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
12876 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
12877 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
12879 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
12880 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
12882 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
12885 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
12886 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
12890 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
12892 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
12894 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
12896 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
12897 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
12900 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
12901 f
->async_visible
= 0;
12903 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12905 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12909 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
12912 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
12915 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
12919 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
12920 commands to the X server. */
12921 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12923 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
12924 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
12928 free_frame_xic (f
);
12931 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
12932 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
12934 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12935 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
12937 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12938 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
12940 free_frame_menubar (f
);
12941 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12943 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
12944 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
12945 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
12946 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
12947 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
12948 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
12950 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
12951 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
12952 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
12953 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
12954 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
12955 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
12956 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
12957 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
12959 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
12960 free_frame_faces (f
);
12963 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12966 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
12967 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
12969 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
12970 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
12972 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
12973 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
12974 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
12975 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
12976 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
12977 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
12979 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
12981 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
12982 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
12983 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
12984 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
12985 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
12986 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
12987 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
12994 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
12997 x_destroy_window (f
)
13000 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13002 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
13003 commands to the X server. */
13004 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
13005 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
13007 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
13011 /* Setting window manager hints. */
13013 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
13014 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
13015 that the window now has.
13016 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
13017 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
13020 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
13025 XSizeHints size_hints
;
13027 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13030 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
13031 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13032 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13033 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13034 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13036 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
13037 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
13039 size_hints
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
13040 size_hints
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
13042 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13043 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
13044 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
13045 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
13046 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
13047 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
13048 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13049 size_hints
.height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
13050 size_hints
.width
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
13051 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13053 size_hints
.width_inc
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
13054 size_hints
.height_inc
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
13055 size_hints
.max_width
13056 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
13057 size_hints
.max_height
13058 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
13060 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
13062 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
13063 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
13064 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13066 int base_width
, base_height
;
13067 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
13069 base_width
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
13070 base_height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
13072 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
13074 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
13075 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
13076 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
13077 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
13078 zero-row, zero-column frame.
13080 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
13081 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
13082 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
13085 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
13086 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
13087 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
13088 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
13089 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
13091 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
13092 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
13096 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
13099 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
13102 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13105 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
13106 long supplied_return
;
13110 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
13113 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
13116 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13117 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
13118 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
13119 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
13120 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
13124 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
13129 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
13130 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
13131 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
13132 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
13133 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
13134 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
13135 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
13136 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
13140 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13145 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
;
13146 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
13150 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
13151 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
13153 #endif /* PWinGravity */
13156 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
13158 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
13162 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
13165 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
13169 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13172 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
13173 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
13174 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13175 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13177 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
13178 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
13180 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
13181 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13185 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
13189 Pixmap icon_pixmap
;
13191 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13192 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13197 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
13198 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
13202 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
13203 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
13204 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
13205 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
13206 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
13207 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
13208 best to explicitly give up. */
13210 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
13216 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
13220 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
13221 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
13224 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13226 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPixmapHint
;
13227 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
13229 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13233 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
13235 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
13237 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13238 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
13240 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
13243 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
13244 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
13245 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
13247 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
13251 /***********************************************************************
13253 ***********************************************************************/
13255 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
13258 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
13262 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
13266 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
13268 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
13271 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
13273 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
13274 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
13275 on how many fonts to match. */
13278 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
13280 Lisp_Object pattern
;
13284 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
13285 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
13286 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
13287 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
13288 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
13289 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
13291 int allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 0;
13295 allow_scalable_fonts_p
= 1;
13299 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
13300 if (NILP (patterns
))
13301 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
13303 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
13304 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
13305 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
13307 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
13310 char **names
= NULL
;
13312 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
13313 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
13314 The cache is an alist of the form:
13315 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
13316 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
13317 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
13318 allow_scalable_fonts_p
? Qt
: Qnil
);
13319 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
13322 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
13323 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
13327 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
13330 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
13332 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
13335 unsigned long value
;
13337 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, XSTRING (pattern
)->data
);
13338 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
13340 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
13341 server. Let's just ignore it. */
13343 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
13347 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
13349 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
13350 int len
= strlen (name
);
13353 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
13354 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
13355 string. We must avoid such a name. */
13357 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
13361 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
13362 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
13364 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
13365 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
13370 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
13373 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
13376 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
13378 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
13379 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
13380 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, XSTRING (pattern
)->data
, max (maxnames
, 10),
13382 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
13384 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
13385 server. Let's just ignore it. */
13387 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
13391 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
13398 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
13399 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
13400 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
13403 char *p
= names
[i
];
13404 int average_width
= -1, dashes
= 0;
13406 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
13407 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
13408 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
13409 is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's
13415 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
13417 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
13418 average_width
= atoi (p
);
13421 if (allow_scalable_fonts_p
13422 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0)
13424 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
13425 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
13427 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
13428 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
13429 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
13431 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
13432 width of this font. */
13433 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
13435 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
13436 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
13440 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
13441 XFreeFontNames (names
);
13444 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
13445 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)
13446 = Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
));
13449 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
13451 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
13452 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
13453 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
13459 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
13463 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
13467 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
13469 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
13470 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
13471 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
13474 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
13475 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
13476 XSTRING (XCAR (tem
))->data
);
13477 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
13479 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
13480 server. Let's just ignore it. */
13482 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
13484 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
13490 = (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
13492 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
));
13493 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
13496 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
13497 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
13498 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
13499 XCDR (tem
) = make_number (0);
13502 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
13503 if (found_size
== size
)
13504 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
13505 else if (found_size
> 0)
13507 if (NILP (second_best
))
13509 else if (found_size
< size
)
13511 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
13512 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
13517 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
13518 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
13523 if (!NILP (newlist
))
13525 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
13527 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
13538 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
13542 x_check_font (f
, font
)
13547 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13549 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
13551 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
13552 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
13553 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
13556 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
13559 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
13561 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
13562 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
13563 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
13564 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
13565 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
13568 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
13572 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
13573 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
13575 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
13576 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
13577 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
13579 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
13583 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
13584 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
13585 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
13586 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
13587 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
13590 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
13594 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13596 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
13597 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
13599 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
13600 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
13602 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
13603 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
13605 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
13608 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
13609 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
13610 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
13612 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
13613 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
13616 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
13617 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
13619 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
13620 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
13621 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
13625 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
13626 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
13627 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
13628 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
13631 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
13633 register char *fontname
;
13636 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13637 Lisp_Object font_names
;
13640 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
13641 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
13642 we already have by comparing names. */
13643 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
13645 if (!NILP (font_names
))
13650 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
13651 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
13652 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
13653 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
13654 XSTRING (XCAR (tail
))->data
)
13655 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
13656 XSTRING (XCAR (tail
))->data
)))
13657 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
13660 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
13664 struct font_info
*fontp
;
13665 unsigned long value
;
13668 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
13669 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
13670 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
13671 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
13672 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
13673 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
13674 fontname
= (char *) XSTRING (XCAR (font_names
))->data
;
13677 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13678 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
13679 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
13681 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
13682 server. Let's just ignore it. */
13684 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
13686 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
13691 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
13692 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
13693 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
13696 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
13697 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
13698 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
13701 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
13702 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
13703 dpyinfo
->font_table
13704 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
13707 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
13708 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
13709 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
13711 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
13713 fontp
->font
= font
;
13714 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
13715 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
13716 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
13718 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
13720 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
13722 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
13726 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
13727 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
13729 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
13740 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
13741 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
13747 if (full_name
!= 0)
13748 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
13750 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
13752 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
13753 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
13755 if (NILP (font_names
))
13757 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
13758 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
13759 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
13760 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
13761 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
13762 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
13765 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)
13766 = Fcons (Fcons (key
,
13767 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
13768 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
13770 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
));
13773 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
13775 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)
13776 = Fcons (Fcons (key
,
13777 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
13778 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
13780 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
));
13784 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
13785 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
13786 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
13787 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
13788 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
13789 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
13790 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
13791 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
13793 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
13795 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
13796 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
13797 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
13798 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
13799 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
13801 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
13802 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
13803 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
13804 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
13805 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
13806 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
13807 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
13808 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
13809 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
13810 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
13811 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
13812 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
13813 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
13815 fontp
->baseline_offset
13816 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
13817 ? (long) value
: 0);
13818 fontp
->relative_compose
13819 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
13820 ? (long) value
: 0);
13821 fontp
->default_ascent
13822 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
13823 ? (long) value
: 0);
13825 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
13826 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
13827 before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any
13828 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
13829 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
13830 fonts_changed_p
= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
13837 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
13838 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
13841 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
13843 register char *fontname
;
13845 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
13848 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
13849 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
13850 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
13851 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
13852 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
13857 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
13858 `encoder' of the structure. */
13861 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
13862 struct font_info
*fontp
;
13864 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
13867 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
13871 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
13872 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
13874 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
13881 struct ccl_program
*ccl
13882 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
13884 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
13887 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
13893 /***********************************************************************
13895 ***********************************************************************/
13897 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13898 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
13899 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
13900 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
13902 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
13903 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
13904 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
13906 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
13907 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
13908 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
13909 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
13910 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
13911 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
13912 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
13914 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
13916 static int x_initialized
;
13918 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
13919 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
13920 the screen number from the server number. */
13922 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
13923 char *name1
, *name2
;
13925 int seen_colon
= 0;
13926 unsigned char *system_name
= XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
;
13927 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
13928 int length_until_period
= 0;
13930 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
13931 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
13932 length_until_period
++;
13934 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
13935 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
13937 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
13939 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
13940 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
13941 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
13942 name1
+= system_name_length
;
13943 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
13944 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
13945 name2
+= system_name_length
;
13946 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
13947 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
13948 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
13949 name1
+= length_until_period
;
13950 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
13951 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
13952 name2
+= length_until_period
;
13954 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
13958 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
13962 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
13963 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
13967 struct x_display_info
*
13968 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
13969 Lisp_Object display_name
;
13971 char *resource_name
;
13975 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
13980 if (!x_initialized
)
13986 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13987 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
13989 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
13990 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
13991 So let's not use it until R6. */
13992 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
13993 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14004 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
14005 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
14007 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, XSTRING (display_name
)->data
,
14008 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
14009 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
14012 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
14013 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
14018 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14020 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
14022 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (XSTRING (display_name
)->data
);
14023 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
14025 /* Detect failure. */
14032 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
14034 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
14035 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
14037 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
14039 struct x_display_info
*share
;
14042 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
14043 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
14044 if (same_x_server (XSTRING (XCAR (XCAR (tail
)))->data
,
14045 XSTRING (display_name
)->data
))
14048 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
14051 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
14052 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
14053 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
14055 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
14057 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
14058 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
14059 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
14063 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
14064 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
14065 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
14066 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
14067 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
14068 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
14069 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
14071 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
14075 /* Put this display on the chain. */
14076 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
14077 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
14079 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
14080 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
14081 x_display_name_list
);
14082 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
14084 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
14087 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
14091 = (char *) xmalloc (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
))
14092 + STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vsystem_name
))
14094 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
14095 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
)->data
, XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
);
14097 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
14098 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
14100 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
14101 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
14102 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
14104 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
14105 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
14106 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
14107 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
14109 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
14111 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
14113 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
14115 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
14116 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
14117 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
14118 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14119 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14120 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14121 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14122 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
14123 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
14124 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
14125 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
14126 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
14127 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
14128 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
14129 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
14130 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
14131 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
14132 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
14133 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
14134 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
14135 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
14136 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
14137 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
14138 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
14139 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
14140 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
14141 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
14142 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
14143 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
14144 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
14146 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
14147 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
14149 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
14152 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
14153 build_string ("privateColormap"),
14154 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
14156 if (STRINGP (value
)
14157 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
14158 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
14159 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
14163 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
14164 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
14167 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
14168 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14169 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14170 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
14171 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14172 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
14173 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
14176 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
14177 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
14178 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
14179 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
14180 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
14181 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
14182 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
14183 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
14184 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
14185 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
14186 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
14187 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
14188 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
14189 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
14190 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
14191 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
14192 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
14193 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
14194 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
14195 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
14196 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
14197 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
14198 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
14199 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
14200 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
14201 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
14202 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
14203 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
14204 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
14205 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
14206 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
14207 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
14208 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
14209 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
14210 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
14211 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
14212 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
14213 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
14214 /* For properties of font. */
14215 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
14216 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
14217 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
14218 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
14219 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
14220 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
14221 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
14222 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
14224 /* Ghostscript support. */
14225 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
14226 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
14228 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
14231 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
14233 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
14234 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
14239 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
14241 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
14242 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
14243 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
14248 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
14249 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
14251 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
14253 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
14254 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
14258 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
14261 #ifdef subprocesses
14262 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
14263 if (connection
!= 0)
14264 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
14267 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
14269 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
14270 /* stdin is a socket here */
14271 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
14272 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
14273 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
14274 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
14275 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
14276 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
14279 if (interrupt_input
)
14280 init_sigio (connection
);
14281 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
14284 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
14285 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
14286 so that Xt does not crash. */
14288 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
14289 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
14293 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
14294 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
14295 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
14296 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
14297 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
14298 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
14299 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
14300 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
14302 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
14303 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
14304 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
14309 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
14310 for debugging X code. */
14313 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
14314 build_string ("synchronous"),
14315 build_string ("Synchronous"),
14317 if (STRINGP (value
)
14318 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
14319 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
14320 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
14328 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
14329 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
14332 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
14333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
14335 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
14337 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
14338 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
14339 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
14340 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
14341 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
14346 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
14347 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
14349 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
14351 XCDR (tail
) = XCDR (XCDR (tail
));
14354 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
14358 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
14359 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
14361 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
14362 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
14365 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
14367 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
14368 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
14369 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
14372 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
14373 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
14374 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
14377 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
14378 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
14379 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
14383 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
14386 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
14387 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
14388 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
14393 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
14395 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
14400 x_clear_end_of_line
,
14402 x_after_update_window_line
,
14403 x_update_window_begin
,
14404 x_update_window_end
,
14407 x_clear_mouse_face
,
14408 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
14409 x_fix_overlapping_area
14415 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
14417 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
14418 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
14419 change_line_highlight_hook
= x_change_line_highlight
;
14420 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
14421 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
14422 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
14423 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
14424 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
14425 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
14426 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
14427 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
14428 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
14429 reassert_line_highlight_hook
= XTreassert_line_highlight
;
14430 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
14431 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
14432 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
14433 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
14434 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
14435 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
14436 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
14437 estimate_mode_line_height_hook
= x_estimate_mode_line_height
;
14439 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
14440 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
14441 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
14442 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
14443 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
14448 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
14449 any_help_event_p
= 0;
14451 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
14452 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
14454 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
14455 XtToolkitInitialize ();
14457 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
14459 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
14460 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
14461 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
14462 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
14463 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
14464 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
14465 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
14467 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
14469 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
14470 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
14471 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
14472 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
14473 widgets don't behave normally. */
14475 EMACS_TIME interval
;
14476 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
14477 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
14481 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
14482 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
14483 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
14486 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
14487 original error handler. */
14488 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
14489 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
14491 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
14493 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
14494 #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */
14496 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
14503 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
14504 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
14506 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
14507 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
14509 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
14510 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
14512 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
14513 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
14515 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
14516 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
14519 staticpro (&help_echo
);
14520 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
14521 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
14522 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
14523 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
14524 previous_help_echo
= Qnil
;
14525 staticpro (&previous_help_echo
);
14526 help_echo_pos
= -1;
14528 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
14529 "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\
14530 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\
14531 wide as that tab on the display.");
14532 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
14534 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
14535 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
14536 "*Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.\n\
14537 Nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus\n\
14538 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior\n\
14539 to 4.1, set this to nil.");
14540 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
14542 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
14543 "What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.\n\
14544 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.\n\
14545 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit.");
14546 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
14548 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
14549 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
14550 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
14552 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
14555 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
14558 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
14559 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
14562 #endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */